diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/installer')
75 files changed, 12874 insertions, 13211 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po index 768e7171..cebb8284 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca.po +++ b/docs/installer/ca.po @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: +# Cristian Garde Zarza <cristian.garde@gmail.com>, 2015 # Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"ca/)\n" -"Language: ca\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-06 21:30+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cristian Garde Zarza <cristian.garde@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ca/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -27,11 +27,9 @@ msgstr "Llicència i notes de la versió" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,38 +39,31 @@ msgstr "Acord de llicència" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els " -"termes i les condicions de la llicència." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els termes i les condicions de la llicència." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució " -"<application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució <application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després " -"cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>." +msgstr "Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. " -"Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -84,9 +75,7 @@ msgstr "Notes de la versió" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</" -"application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>." +msgstr "Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -99,32 +88,27 @@ msgstr "ca" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selecció dels suports (configura suports d'instal·lació suplementaris)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu " -"afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. " -"La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser " -"seleccionats en els següents passos." +msgstr "Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser seleccionats en els següents passos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -144,40 +128,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En " -"seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits " -"gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu " -"designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS." +msgstr "Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -189,31 +171,20 @@ msgstr "Estableix la contrasenya d'administrador (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és " -"aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, " -"normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A " -"mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut " -"canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la " -"contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de " -"repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per " -"comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya." +msgstr "Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És " -"recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), " -"nombres i altres caràcters." +msgstr "Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), nombres i altres caràcters." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -226,19 +197,14 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari " -"(root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions " -"ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb " -"el seu ordinador." +msgstr "Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari (root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb el seu ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari." +msgstr "<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 @@ -251,13 +217,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nom real</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom real de l'usuari." #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de " -"l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. " -"<emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</" -"emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. <emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -265,30 +227,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al " -"final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu " -"també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la " -"contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les " -"dues caselles." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les dues caselles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un " -"directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)." +msgstr "Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -296,20 +250,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris " -"afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</" -"emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura." +msgstr "No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és " -"recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop " -"s'hagi arrencat de nou." +msgstr "Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop s'hagi arrencat de nou." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -317,16 +265,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els " -"usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> " -"durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>." +msgstr "Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació." +msgstr "El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -339,10 +283,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una " -"pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. " -"També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant." +msgstr "Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -350,11 +291,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat " -"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan " -"tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una " -"clau de memòria USB." +msgstr "Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una clau de memòria USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -362,11 +299,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o " -"desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un " -"visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit " -"que els usuaris normals." +msgstr "<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit que els usuaris normals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -374,10 +307,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us " -"permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu " -"d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh." +msgstr "<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -385,48 +315,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a " -"l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo " -"en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és " -"un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc " -"excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Trieu els punts de muntatge" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -434,63 +358,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no " -"esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, " -"podeu canviar els punts de muntatge." +msgstr "Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, podeu canviar els punts de muntatge." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició " -"<literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició <literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», " -"«Tipus»)." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», «Tipus»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc " -"dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)." +msgstr "«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el " -"menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i " -"<literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de " -"muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu " -"emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a " -"la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i <literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del " -"punt de muntatge en blanc." +msgstr "Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del punt de muntatge en blanc." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -498,22 +405,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i " -"llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la " -"següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la " -"mida. " +msgstr "Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la mida. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a " -"<guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions " -"suggerides per DrakX, o bé més." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions suggerides per DrakX, o bé més." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -523,11 +423,9 @@ msgstr "Selecció d'escriptori" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles " -"per a afinar la tria." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles per a afinar la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -535,19 +433,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la " -"instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives " -"clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>." +msgstr "Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -559,30 +452,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</" -"application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt " -"complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</" -"guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció " -"de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns " -"d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger " -"que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a " -"instal·lació predeterminada." +msgstr "Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a instal·lació predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selecció de grup de paquets" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -591,10 +475,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és " -"força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el " -"ratolí per sobre." +msgstr "Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el ratolí per sobre." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -616,91 +497,74 @@ msgstr "Entorn gràfic." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir " -"o eliminar paquets individualment." +msgstr "Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir o eliminar paquets individualment." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de " -"com fer una instal·lació mínima." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de com fer una instal·lació mínima." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Trieu paquets individuals" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la " -"instal·lació." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</" -"guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets " -"(també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest " -"fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu " -"el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets (també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configura els serveis" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega " -"l'ordinador." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup " -"per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -712,8 +576,7 @@ msgstr "Generalment, la tria feta per DrakX és la bona." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior." +msgstr "Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -725,45 +588,36 @@ msgstr "Canvieu coses només si teniu molt clar què esteu fent." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configura la zona horària" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix " -"fus horari." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix fus horari." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a " -"l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots " -"estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT." +msgstr "Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -773,31 +627,24 @@ msgstr "Tria un servidor X (configura la targeta gràfica)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment " -"identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo." +msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu " -"quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:" +msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -820,10 +667,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no " -"és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un " -"controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg" +msgstr "Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -831,19 +675,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si " -"tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer " -"servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques." +msgstr "El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser " -"només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres." +msgstr "Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -851,36 +690,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de " -"propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, " -"en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants." +msgstr "Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si " -"encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització." +msgstr "Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuració de targeta gràfica i monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -889,30 +722,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat " -"per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat " -"en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X " -"Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o " -"qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents " -"paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</" -"application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha " -"fet bé, corregiu-los." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha fet bé, corregiu-los." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu " -"la vostra targeta de la llista." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu la vostra targeta de la llista." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -922,12 +744,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor " -"de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</" -"guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir " -"manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -939,9 +756,7 @@ msgstr "Freqüències de refresc incorrectes poden fer malbé el monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la " -"resolució i profunditat de color del monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la resolució i profunditat de color del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -949,28 +764,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no " -"sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu " -"controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són " -"correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap " -"pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar " -"tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està " -"disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar " -"activar o desactivar diverses opcions." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar activar o desactivar diverses opcions." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -982,9 +788,7 @@ msgstr "Tria del monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment " -"identificarà correctament el vostre." +msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment identificarà correctament el vostre." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -993,22 +797,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer " -"malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar " -"què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la " -"documentació del monitor" +msgstr "<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la documentació del monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1019,15 +816,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalitzat</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de " -"refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència " -"de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i " -"la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es " -"mostren les línies." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es mostren les línies." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1036,11 +828,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de " -"monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre " -"monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració " -"conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor." +msgstr "És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1052,9 +840,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Integració automàtica</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a " -"partir de la base de dades." +msgstr "Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a partir de la base de dades." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1066,9 +852,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Proveïdor</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el " -"podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:" +msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1089,16 +873,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genèric</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de " -"pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les " -"dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas " -"que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat " -"automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1108,64 +887,47 @@ msgstr "Particionament personalitzat del disc amb DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-" -"vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que " -"l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</" -"literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà." +msgstr "Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, " -"canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, " -"fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar." +msgstr "Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge " -"detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si " -"n'hi ha tres." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si n'hi ha tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les " -"particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. " -"Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de " -"muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la." +msgstr "Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1188,28 +950,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les " -"propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la " -"disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular." +msgstr "Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1221,9 +976,7 @@ msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions " -"compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació." +msgstr "Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1233,11 +986,9 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la " -"instal·lació de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la instal·lació de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1247,11 +998,9 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure en una partició Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que " -"l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1259,10 +1008,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, " -"però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet " -"una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants." +msgstr "Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1273,14 +1019,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La " -"partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat " -"correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi " -"estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la " -"partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer " -"servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers " -"personals." +msgstr "Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers personals." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1295,8 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "Aquesta opció utilitzarà tota la unitat per a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!" +msgstr "Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1304,9 +1042,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja " -"teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció." +msgstr "Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1316,11 +1052,9 @@ msgstr "Personalitzat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació " -"al(s) disc(s) dur(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació al(s) disc(s) dur(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1329,18 +1063,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels " -"sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de " -"maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador " -"no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, " -"alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. " -"Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un " -"preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament " -"alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:" +msgstr "Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1356,9 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "\"Espai lliure que precedeix a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre " -"parell de megabytes." +msgstr "Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre parell de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1373,17 +1097,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 msgid "February 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Febrer 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Documentació oficial de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 @@ -1398,13 +1123,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest " -"manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les " -"decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." +msgstr "No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1415,82 +1137,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota " -"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a " -"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Enhorabona" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara " -"és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar " -"entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se " -"seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà." +msgstr "Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1502,53 +1206,43 @@ msgstr "Gaudiu!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia." +msgstr "Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatació" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les " -"dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a " -"formatar." +msgstr "Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a formatar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX." +msgstr "Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on " -"voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>." +msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1557,21 +1251,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a " -"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> " -"i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla " -"principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les " -"particions." +msgstr "Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les particions." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> " -"per a continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1584,19 +1271,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, " -"l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la " -"instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible." +msgstr "Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció " -"predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal." +msgstr "La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1611,13 +1293,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aquesta és la pantalla de benvinguda per defecte quan s'utilitza un DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> @@ -1629,7 +1312,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A partir d'aquesta primera pantalla, és possible establir algunes preferències personals:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 @@ -1640,8 +1323,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1653,9 +1335,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> @@ -1670,8 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1730,8 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1749,8 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1764,8 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> @@ -1785,8 +1463,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1797,8 +1476,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1809,30 +1488,24 @@ msgstr "Els passos de la instal·lació" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden " -"veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir " -"botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys " -"habituals." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys habituals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que " -"dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." +msgstr "La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1842,18 +1515,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar " -"a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un " -"cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a " -"instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo " -"podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-" -"lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt " -"Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar." +msgstr "Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1865,26 +1530,24 @@ msgstr "Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sense interfície gràfica" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la " -"llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. " -"Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la " -"consola." +msgstr "Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la consola." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1900,12 +1563,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a " -"un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la " -"detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu " -"<code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb " -"d'altres." +msgstr "Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu <code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb d'altres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1917,14 +1575,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de " -"maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la " -"manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és " -"la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> " -"significaria 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> significaria 256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1937,8 +1590,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1946,29 +1600,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> " -"s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets." +msgstr "Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1976,10 +1630,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, " -"trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió " -"a Internet" +msgstr "Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió a Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1991,72 +1642,55 @@ msgstr "Llavors premeu <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selecció del suport (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits " -"estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. " -"La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a " -"seleccionar durant els següents passos." +msgstr "Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a seleccionar durant els següents passos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la " -"base de la instal·lació." +msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la base de la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant " -"Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom " -"- Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a " -"targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes " -"WiFi, etc." +msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom - Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una " -"llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és " -"que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. " -"Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/" -"vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2067,12 +1701,9 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació mínima" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de " -"selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2081,21 +1712,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos " -"específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé " -"una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta " -"opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us " -"proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X." +msgstr "Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2103,37 +1727,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resum dels paràmetres diversos" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2142,11 +1763,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en " -"funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar " -"aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</" -"guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2162,11 +1779,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zona horària</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. " -"Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2178,9 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Regió</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la " -"configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2190,8 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carregador d'arrencada</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada." +msgstr "DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 @@ -2212,11 +1824,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestió d'usuaris</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi " -"directori <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi directori <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2228,19 +1838,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serveis</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon " -"pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades " -"tasques." +msgstr "Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades tasques." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que " -"l'ordinador no funcionés correctament." +msgstr "Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que l'ordinador no funcionés correctament." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2262,9 +1867,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclat</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la " -"vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat." +msgstr "Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2276,9 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratolí</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, " -"ratolins de bola, etc." +msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, ratolins de bola, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2288,13 +1889,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Targeta de so</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. " -"L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més " -"d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat." +msgstr "L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2303,9 +1901,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfície gràfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2315,11 +1913,10 @@ msgstr "Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2338,20 +1935,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb " -"controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és " -"millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de " -"Control de Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de Control de Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc " -"perquè vigili també aquella interfície." +msgstr "Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc perquè vigili també aquella interfície." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2364,19 +1955,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció " -"us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor " -"intermediari." +msgstr "Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor intermediari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els " -"paràmetres que cal posar aquí" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els paràmetres que cal posar aquí" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2391,12 +1977,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivell de seguretat</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de " -"vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús " -"general." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús general." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2413,63 +1996,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tallafoc</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els " -"espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-" -"les." +msgstr "Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-les." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions " -"dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador." +msgstr "Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat." +msgstr "Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>" +msgstr "Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar " +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " "<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivell de seguretat" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2487,10 +2057,7 @@ msgstr "Si no sabeu què triar, no toqueu les opcions predeterminades." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de " -"seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control " -"de Mageia." +msgstr "Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2518,8 +2085,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2533,12 +2100,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2549,24 +2118,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2577,26 +2150,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2606,33 +2183,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2642,18 +2224,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" @@ -2663,7 +2248,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2673,7 +2259,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2688,16 +2275,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2710,7 +2300,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " @@ -2722,7 +2313,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2742,25 +2334,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2790,29 +2382,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2837,8 +2429,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2874,8 +2467,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2883,76 +2476,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2987,15 +2592,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3003,18 +2609,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccioneu país / regió" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3022,19 +2625,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de " -"configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si " -"trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils." +msgstr "Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres " -"països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3043,11 +2641,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres " -"països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria " -"semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu " -"cas, DrakX respectarà la tria." +msgstr "Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu cas, DrakX respectarà la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3058,23 +2652,14 @@ msgstr "Mètode d'entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar " -"un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten " -"que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, " -"etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als " -"Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i " -"Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els " -"usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden " -"instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3082,11 +2667,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, " -"hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura " -"l'ordinador» -> «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari " -"primari." +msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura l'ordinador» -> «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari primari." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3096,11 +2677,9 @@ msgstr "Instal·la o actualitza" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3111,9 +2690,7 @@ msgstr "Instal·la" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3126,9 +2703,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el " -"sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió." +msgstr "Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3136,48 +2711,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de " -"Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de " -"publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués " -"arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor " -"fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar " -"l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una " -"partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador " -"ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo " -"podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu " -"molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu " -"tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de " -"selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. " -"<emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. <emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3189,61 +2747,43 @@ msgstr "Teclat" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba " -"cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US." +msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició " -"de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les " -"especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al " -"proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que " -"n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Mapes_de_teclats</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a " -"<guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-" -"hi el teclat." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a <guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-hi el teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al " -"diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels " -"teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i " -"continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la " -"llista completa." +msgstr "Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la llista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3251,10 +2791,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla " -"addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les " -"disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines." +msgstr "Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3267,52 +2804,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent " -"al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta " -"selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat." +msgstr "Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, " -"tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó " -"<guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil " -"afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó <guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de " -"preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a " -"escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües." +msgstr "Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, " -"llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat." +msgstr "Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3320,66 +2843,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot " -"deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la " -"vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües " -"instal·lades." +msgstr "Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües instal·lades." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre " -"de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Gestiona la localització del " -"sistema." +msgstr "Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Gestiona la localització del sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Seleccioneu el ratolí" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre." +msgstr "Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 " -"i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</" -"guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis " -"botons o més." +msgstr "Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis botons o més." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -3388,15 +2897,11 @@ msgstr "Afegeix o modifica una entrada al menú d'arrencada" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -3404,104 +2909,84 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó " -"adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i " -"editant la pantalla que hi apareix." +msgstr "Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i editant la pantalla que hi apareix." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una " -"entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada." +msgstr "Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la " -"completament." +msgstr "Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la completament." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap " -"selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant." +msgstr "L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No " -"proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent." +msgstr "L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que " -"ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu " -"de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé " -"permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou." +msgstr "Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3520,20 +3005,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a " -"l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu " -"altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou " -"menú d'arrencada de Mageia." +msgstr "Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou menú d'arrencada de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de " -"l'antic GRUB i Lilo." +msgstr "Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de l'antic GRUB i Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3541,19 +3020,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan " -"admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el " -"carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB." +msgstr "Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que " -"està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." +msgstr "Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3564,57 +3038,41 @@ msgstr "Ús d'un carregador d'arrencada existent" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de " -"pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el " -"botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que " -"us permetrà canviar-ne la localització." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que us permetrà canviar-ne la localització." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR " -"existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase " -"prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7." +msgstr "No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició." +msgstr "Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar " -"on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la " -"pantalla d'instal·lació." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la pantalla d'instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja " -"existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment " -"implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en " -"qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació " -"del sistema operatiu corresponent." +msgstr "El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació del sistema operatiu corresponent." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3625,76 +3083,66 @@ msgstr "Opció avançada del carregador d'arrencada" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté " -"<literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</" -"guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</" -"guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté <literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuració SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns " -"controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els " -"controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc." +msgstr "DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI." +msgstr "Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "" -"Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament." +msgstr "Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del so" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3702,9 +3150,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha " -"triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un." +msgstr "En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3714,25 +3160,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i " -"així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu " -"<command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre " -"de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i " -"clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta " -"de la pantalla." +msgstr "El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu <command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu " -"a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de " -"problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el " -"problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3745,57 +3182,47 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la " -"instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha " -"diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un " -"d'equivocat." +msgstr "Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un d'equivocat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic " -"a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>." +msgstr "En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmeu el disc dur que es formatarà" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria." +msgstr "Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar " -"totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3819,20 +3246,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3848,6 +3275,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml index e1a9ac3e..562fd7f8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> <revhistory> <revision> - <date>February 2014</date> + <date>Febrer 2014</date> <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> </revision> </revhistory> <cover> - <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para> + <para role="tagline">Documentació oficial de Mageia</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <info> @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> <revhistory> <revision> - <date>February 2014</date> + <date>Febrer 2014</date> <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> </revision> </revhistory> diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml index e42e4502..bd0eb092 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació.</para> </note></para> - <para>Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> @@ -132,7 +132,5 @@ documentació</link>.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 979ebf27..fa0aef87 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml b/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml index 9ba8ffe8..fcc8f723 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/installer.xml @@ -41,13 +41,15 @@ predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal.</pa <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Pantalla de benvinguda de la instal·lació</title> </info> - <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:</para> + <para>Aquesta és la pantalla de benvinguda per defecte quan s'utilitza un DVD +Mageia:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para> + <para>A partir d'aquesta primera pantalla, és possible establir algunes +preferències personals:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 1dfd6655..ef6744c9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,35 +1,40 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Afegeix o modifica una entrada al menú d'arrencada</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Afegeix o modifica una entrada al menú d'arrencada</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i editant la pantalla que hi apareix.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada.</para> + <para>Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la completament.</para> + <para>L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant.</para> -<warning><para>L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No -proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No +proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/cs/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/cs/DrakX.xml index f1ee6909..331b8399 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/cs/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make while installing.</para> </note></para> - <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> @@ -131,7 +131,5 @@ Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/cs/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/cs/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 1d4220fc..d24e6ed3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/cs/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index a281d2a2..5689330a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,34 +1,39 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Přidaní nebo změna položky v nabídce zavaděče</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="cs" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Přidaní nebo změna položky v nabídce zavaděče</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one.</para> + <para>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</para> + <para>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up.</para> -<warning><para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't +just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index ad7f3af9..ebfa49cc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: -# Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>, 2014 +# Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>, 2014-2015 # Marc Lattemann, 2013 # psyca, 2014 # Marc Lattemann, 2013 @@ -16,14 +16,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-13 07:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"de/)\n" -"Language: de\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 13:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -34,11 +33,9 @@ msgstr "Lizenz- und Veröffentlichungshinweise" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -48,41 +45,31 @@ msgstr "Lizenzabkommen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte " -"sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution " -"von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie " -"mit der Installation weitermachen können." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie mit der Installation weitermachen können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Weiter</emphasis>." +msgstr "Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Weiter</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, " -"bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf " -"<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -94,10 +81,7 @@ msgstr "Veröffentlichungshinweise" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</" -"replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " -"<guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." +msgstr "Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -110,32 +94,27 @@ msgstr "de" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Medienauswahl (konfigurieren von zusätzlichen Installationsmedien)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere " -"Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke " -"oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der " -"nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -145,9 +124,7 @@ msgstr "Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "" -"Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht " -"hergestellt ist" +msgstr "Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht hergestellt ist" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 @@ -157,40 +134,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch " -"die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, " -"die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL " -"können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." +msgstr "Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -202,33 +177,20 @@ msgstr "Setzen des Administrator (root) Passworts:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> " -"verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, " -"normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> " -"genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich " -"die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit " -"des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie " -"ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden " -"Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu " -"überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht " -"vertippt haben." +msgstr "Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht vertippt haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten " -"ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und " -"Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." +msgstr "Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -241,41 +203,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der " -"Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen " -"zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit " -"einem Computer macht." +msgstr "Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit einem Computer macht." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert " -"sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." +msgstr "<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den " -"wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." +msgstr "<guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des " -"Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" -"emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der " -"Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -283,32 +233,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für " -"den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie " -"sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort " -"des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" -"emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den " -"Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt " -"ein home Verzeichnis, welches systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber " -"schreibgeschützt ist." +msgstr "Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt ein home Verzeichnis, welches systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber schreibgeschützt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -316,20 +256,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte " -"Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch " -"schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." +msgstr "Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen " -"nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem " -"Neustart einzurichten." +msgstr "Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem Neustart einzurichten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -337,17 +271,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle " -"zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - " -"Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie " -"<emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." +msgstr "Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie <emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." +msgstr "Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -360,12 +289,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> " -"geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, " -"die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. " -"Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder " -"deaktivieren." +msgstr "Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -373,11 +297,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</" -"emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert " -"ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine " -"wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." +msgstr "Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -385,11 +305,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-" -"Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt " -"es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser " -"Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." +msgstr "<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -397,10 +313,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die " -"Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor " -"hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -408,49 +321,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID " -"(Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm " -"zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe " -"solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID (Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer " -"Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den " -"Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Einhängepunkte wählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -458,63 +364,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. " -"Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht " -"zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." +msgstr "Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</" -"literal> (root)-Partition haben." +msgstr "Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</literal> (root)-Partition haben." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", " -"\"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", \"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], " -"\"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], \"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene " -"Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</" -"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können " -"sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> " -"für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/" -"home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach " -"das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." +msgstr "Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -522,22 +411,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf " -"<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte " -"Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine " -"Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte " -"auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX " -"vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -547,11 +429,9 @@ msgstr "Desktopauswahl" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster " -"angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -559,19 +439,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine " -"Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." +msgstr "Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des <guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -583,30 +458,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</" -"application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen " -"vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei " -"<guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der " -"vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen " -"wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger " -"Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye " -"Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." +msgstr "Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei <guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Paketgruppenauswahl" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -615,12 +481,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen " -"sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber " -"doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die " -"Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die " -"Gruppen fahren." +msgstr "Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die Gruppen fahren." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -642,160 +503,127 @@ msgstr "Grafische Umgebung" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu " -"können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" +msgstr "Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Um eine minimale Installation durchzuführen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung " -"<xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Um eine minimale Installation durchzuführen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation " -"anzupassen." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation anzupassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das " -"<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um " -"die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen " -"USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die " -"gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies " -"tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann " -"diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das <guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht " -"ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, " -"um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "" -"Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende " -"Einstellungen." +msgstr "Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende Einstellungen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox " -"einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." +msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine " -"Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale " -"Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass " -"alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." +msgstr "Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -805,32 +633,24 @@ msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist " -"Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." +msgstr "DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht " -"wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum " -"auswählen:" +msgstr "Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -853,10 +673,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich " -"nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte " -"handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." +msgstr "Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -864,21 +681,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für " -"Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte " -"finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende " -"Funktionalität bietet." +msgstr "Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende Funktionalität bietet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers " -"passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine " -"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." +msgstr "Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -886,37 +696,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, " -"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über " -"die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." +msgstr "Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie " -"dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart " -"tun." +msgstr "Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -925,31 +728,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die " -"Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren " -"alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-" -"System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " -"oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die " -"nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen " -"Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass " -"<application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie " -"glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass <application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre " -"Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -959,14 +750,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren " -"Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder " -"<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie " -"<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die " -"horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell " -"einzustellen." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder <guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie <guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -978,9 +762,7 @@ msgstr "Unkorrekte Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm zerstören" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die " -"entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -988,31 +770,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während " -"der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie " -"Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine " -"Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie " -"mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts " -"sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück " -"und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test " -"zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich " -"mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres " -"Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie " -"verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -1024,9 +794,7 @@ msgstr "Auswahl des Monitors" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt " -"normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." +msgstr "DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1035,22 +803,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann " -"Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, " -"dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch " -"bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" +msgstr "<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1061,15 +822,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Benutzerdefiniert</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale " -"Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. " -"Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird " -"und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele " -"Scanlinien dargestellt werden." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele Scanlinien dargestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1078,11 +834,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, " -"dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu " -"Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine " -"niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" +msgstr "Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1094,9 +846,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der " -"Datenbank zu bestimmen" +msgstr "Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der Datenbank zu bestimmen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1108,10 +858,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Hersteller</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und " -"Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor " -"anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" +msgstr "Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1132,16 +879,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generisch</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ " -"60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die " -"Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber " -"benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. " -"Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ 60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1151,74 +893,52 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine " -"Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/" -"boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die " -"<literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</" -"emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." +msgstr "Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die <literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie " -"können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition " -"oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor " -"Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." +msgstr "Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie " -"einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> " -"und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des " -"gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie " -"zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an " -"(falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, " -"ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an (falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "" -"Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen " -"Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." +msgstr "Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:51 @@ -1236,28 +956,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die " -"Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von " -"<application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." +msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten " -"Festplatte(n)." +msgstr "Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten Festplatte(n)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" -"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1269,9 +982,7 @@ msgstr "Verwende vorhandene Partitionen" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible " -"Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." +msgstr "Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1281,11 +992,9 @@ msgstr "Nutze freien Speicherplatz" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, " -"dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1295,11 +1004,9 @@ msgstr "Nutze den freien Speicherplatz einer Windows Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-" -"Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1307,11 +1014,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-" -"Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also " -"sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen " -"Datenträger gesichert sind." +msgstr "Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen Datenträger gesichert sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1322,14 +1025,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-" -"Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" " -"sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt " -"heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden " -"sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem " -"zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, " -"die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." +msgstr "Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1344,9 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte " -"Vorsicht walten lassen!" +msgstr "Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte Vorsicht walten lassen!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1354,10 +1048,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen " -"oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen " -"dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." +msgstr "Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1367,11 +1058,9 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der " -"Installation auf den Festplatten." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der Installation auf den Festplatten." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1380,17 +1069,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle " -"der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das " -"Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. " -"Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. " -"Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit " -"einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit " -"folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" +msgstr "Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1406,9 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "\"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl " -"an Megabytes erstellt werden" +msgstr "Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl an Megabytes erstellt werden" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1425,7 +1105,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februar 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1448,13 +1129,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung " -"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " -"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." +msgstr "Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1465,84 +1143,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC " -"BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren " -"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " -"Anleitung zu verbessern." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Herzlichen Glückwunsch!" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</" -"application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den " -"Computer neu starten können." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den Computer neu starten können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den " -"Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden " -"ist)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden ist)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das " -"von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." +msgstr "Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1554,57 +1212,43 @@ msgstr "Viel Vergnügen!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia " -"mitarbeiten wollen." +msgstr "Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia mitarbeiten wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatieren" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). " -"Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für " -"das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." +msgstr "Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die " -"notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." +msgstr "Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</" -"replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf " -"sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen " -"möchten." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1613,23 +1257,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so " -"klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, " -"nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und " -"dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></" -"emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm " -"können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." +msgstr "Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</" -"guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1642,20 +1277,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das " -"Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die " -"Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." +msgstr "Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene " -"Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was " -"Sie tun müssen." +msgstr "Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was Sie tun müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1670,17 +1299,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" -"Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" +msgstr "Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1691,47 +1318,38 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" -"Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche " -"Einstellungen vorzunehmen" +msgstr "Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche Einstellungen vorzunehmen" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann sich von der Sprache des " -"Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste." +msgstr "Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann sich von der Sprache des Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" -"Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die " -"Enter Taste." +msgstr "Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die Enter Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1740,10 +1358,8 @@ msgstr "Ändere die Bildschirmauflösung durch drücken der F3 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1756,11 +1372,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut " -"mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste " -"eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier " -"Einträge enthält:" +msgstr "Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier Einträge enthält:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1772,37 +1384,28 @@ msgstr "- Standard, es ändert nichts an den Standardoptionen." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- Sichere Einstellungen, die priorität wird auf sichere Optionen gelegt zum " -"Nachteil der Leistung." +msgstr "- Sichere Einstellungen, die priorität wird auf sichere Optionen gelegt zum Nachteil der Leistung." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die " -"Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt." +msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es " -"geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt " -"werden." +msgstr "- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen " -"in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert." +msgstr "Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1810,18 +1413,12 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge " -"welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der " -"<guilabel>Bootoption</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings " -"trotzdem befolgt." +msgstr "Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der <guilabel>Bootoption</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings trotzdem befolgt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1834,18 +1431,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren " -"verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um " -"mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm " -"zurückzukehren." +msgstr "Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm zurückzukehren." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1858,39 +1449,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "" -"Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt." +msgstr "Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine " -"netzwerkbasierte Installations CD (Boot.iso oder Boot-Nonfree-iso) verwendet " -"wird." +msgstr "Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine netzwerkbasierte Installations CD (Boot.iso oder Boot-Nonfree-iso) verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen " -"werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die " -"Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, siehe <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">im Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, siehe <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">im Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1900,11 +1482,9 @@ msgstr "Das Tastaturlayout ist das amerikanische." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1914,30 +1494,24 @@ msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der " -"linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen " -"Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren " -"zusätzlichen Optionen haben." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren zusätzlichen Optionen haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, " -"über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." +msgstr "Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1947,20 +1521,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist " -"es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber " -"zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert " -"oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein " -"Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr " -"verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher " -"sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1972,33 +1536,25 @@ msgstr "Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Keine grafische Schnittstelle" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei " -"einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine " -"niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</" -"code> eingeben." +msgstr "Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</code> eingeben." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell " -"nicht möglich. In desem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus zu " -"probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC, im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und " -"bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort " -"\"boot:\" angezeigt. Gebe \"text\" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die " -"Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell nicht möglich. In desem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus zu probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC, im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort \"boot:\" angezeigt. Gebe \"text\" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -2013,15 +1569,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise " -"auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem " -"Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später " -"behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm " -"die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und " -"tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese " -"Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig " -"ist." +msgstr "Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -2033,15 +1581,9 @@ msgstr "RAM Problem" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware " -"einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein " -"(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den " -"Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den " -"korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</" -"code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein (siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -2054,8 +1596,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2063,29 +1606,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualisierungen (Updates)" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</" -"application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder " -"erweitert." +msgstr "Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder erweitert." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2093,91 +1636,67 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu " -"laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn " -"Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden " -"sind." +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" -msgstr "" -"Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der " -"Installation fortzufahren." +msgstr "Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Medienauswahl (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem " -"ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die " -"Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte " -"zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie " -"die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, " -"d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source " -"software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle " -"proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für " -"verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien " -"Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in " -"diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten " -"oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum " -"Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie " -"zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2188,12 +1707,9 @@ msgstr "Minimale Installation" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine " -"minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2202,22 +1718,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. " -"<application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer " -"spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie " -"diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe " -"<xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. <application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine " -"spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, " -"X, ...)." +msgstr "Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, X, ...)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2225,37 +1733,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Zusammenfassung von verschiedenen Parameter" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2264,12 +1769,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems " -"durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX " -"entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen " -"und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</" -"guibutton> klicken." +msgstr "DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</guibutton> klicken." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2285,12 +1785,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zeitzone</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten " -"Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch " -"unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2302,9 +1799,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie " -"diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2314,24 +1809,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des " -"Bootloaders." +msgstr "DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des Bootloaders." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie " -"Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." +msgstr "Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></" -"xref>" +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -2341,11 +1830,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils " -"benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2357,25 +1844,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Dienste</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund " -"laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks " -"(Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." +msgstr "Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks (Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern " -"- ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." +msgstr "Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern - ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -2392,9 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von " -"Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." +msgstr "Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2406,9 +1885,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen " -"oder einstellen." +msgstr "Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen oder einstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2418,13 +1895,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soundkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die " -"Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es " -"mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." +msgstr "Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2433,27 +1907,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige " -"einzustellen." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser" -"\"></xref>." +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2472,20 +1941,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree " -"Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media " -"Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." +msgstr "Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so " -"zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." +msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2498,16 +1961,13 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem " -"eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu " -"konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." +msgstr "Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" msgstr "Fragen Sie Ihren Systemadministrator nach Ihren Zugangsdaten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -2523,19 +1983,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sicherheitsstufe</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten " -"Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine " -"Zwecke." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine Zwecke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "" -"Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am " -"geeignetsten erscheint." +msgstr "Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am geeignetsten erscheint." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2547,65 +2002,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den " -"Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen " -"wollen." +msgstr "Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. " -"Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren " -"Computer verwenden wollen." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren Computer verwenden wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles " -"erlauben (keine Firewall)." +msgstr "Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles erlauben (keine Firewall)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> Partition" +msgstr "Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um " -"Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Sicherheitsstufe" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2616,19 +2056,14 @@ msgstr "Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau " -"wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen " -"zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt " -"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." +msgstr "Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt <guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2656,9 +2091,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Sie können diese <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">hier</link> finden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2671,85 +2106,80 @@ msgstr "Klassische Installationsmedien" msgid "Common features" msgstr "Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 -#, fuzzy msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "Sie verwenden den traditionellen Installer, drakx genannt." +msgstr "Diese ISOs verwenden ein traditionelles Installationsprogramm namens drakx." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "" -"Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer " -"vorrigen Veröffentlichung zu machen." +msgstr "Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer vorrigen Veröffentlichung zu machen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für die 32bit oder 64bit Architektur." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "" -"Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem, " -"Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug." +msgstr "Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem, Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 -#, fuzzy msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "" -"Jede DVD enthält alle verfügbaren Arbeitsumgebungen (Desktop Environments) " -"und Sprachen." +msgstr "Jede DVD enthält viele verfügbare Arbeitsumgebungen und Sprachen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" -"Sie erhalten während der installation die Auswahl, ob unfreie Software " -"installiert werden soll oder nicht." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dual Arch DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -"Beide Architekturen sind auf dem selben Medium enthalten. Die Auswahl " -"geschieht automatisch anhand der ermittelten CPU." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "Enthält nur den Xfce Desktop." +msgstr "Verwendet nur den Xfce-Desktop." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nicht alle Sprachen sind verfügbar. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) MUSS ÜBERPRÜFT WERDEN!" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Es ist unfreie Software enthalten." @@ -2759,61 +2189,63 @@ msgstr "Es ist unfreie Software enthalten." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live Medien" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 -#, fuzzy msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "" -"Jede DVD enthält alle verfügbaren Arbeitsumgebungen (Desktop Environments) " -"und Sprachen." +msgstr "Jede ISO enthält nur eine Desktopumgebung (KDE oder GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 -#, fuzzy msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." -msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für die 32bit oder 64bit Architektur." +msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs können nur dazu verwendet werden, um frische Installationen durchzuführen. Sie können nicht dazu verwendet werden um vorrige Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 -#, fuzzy msgid "They contain non free software." -msgstr "Es ist unfreie Software enthalten." +msgstr "Sie enthält unfreie Software." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live-CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Nur KDE Desktop-Umgebung." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Nur englische Sprache." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 -#, fuzzy msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Nur 32 Bit." @@ -2822,7 +2254,8 @@ msgstr "Nur 32 Bit." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live-CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung." @@ -2832,7 +2265,8 @@ msgstr "Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live-DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden." @@ -2847,16 +2281,19 @@ msgstr "Live-DVD GNOME" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2869,29 +2306,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enthält nur freie Software, für Leute die die Benutzung unfreier Software ablehnen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enthält unfreie Software (hauptsächlich Treiber, Codecs...), für Leute die diese benötigen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Medien herunterladen und überprüfen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 @@ -2901,27 +2340,25 @@ msgstr "Herunterladen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2936,56 +2373,50 @@ msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wähle den Auswahlknopf \"Datei speichern\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Überprüfen der integrietät der heruntergeladenen Datei" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öffne eine Konsole, Sie müssen hierfür nicht root sein, und:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" -"- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" -"- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ " -"<userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "und vergleiche die angezeigt Nummer auf deinem Computer (Sie müssen wahrscheinlich eine weile warten) mit der Nummer die Sie von Mageia erhalten. Beispiel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brennen oder übertragen der ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 @@ -2996,23 +2427,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 -#, fuzzy msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" -msgstr "Brennen Sie die ISO auf eine CD/DVD" +msgstr "ISO auf eine CD/DVD brennen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ISO auf einen USB-Stick übertragen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 @@ -3042,93 +2473,100 @@ msgstr "Mageia verwenden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "Sie können ein grafisches Werkzeug verwenden, wie <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sie können auch das dd Werkzeug in der Konsole verwenden:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Öffnen Sie eine Konsole" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Geben Sie den Befehl <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> ein" +msgstr "Werden Sie root mit dem Befehl <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergessen Sie nicht das '-' am Ende)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Geben Sie den Befehl <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> ein" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Finde den Gerätenamen des USB Sticks (durch die Größe), zum Beispiel /dev/sdb auf diesem Screenshot, ist ein 8 GB großer USB Stick." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entferne den USB Stick, es ist fertig" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 @@ -3137,7 +2575,6 @@ msgstr "Windows verwenden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 -#, fuzzy msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Sie können versuchen:" @@ -3151,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=de_DE\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -3161,15 +2598,16 @@ msgstr "Mageia Installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3177,18 +2615,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Wählen des Landes / der Region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3196,21 +2631,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, " -"wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des " -"Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion " -"des WLANs führen." +msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion des WLANs führen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " -"<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre " -"Region." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre Region." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3219,11 +2647,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, " -"nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den " -"Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte " -"ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." +msgstr "Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3234,24 +2658,14 @@ msgstr "Eingabemethode" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine " -"Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem " -"Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) " -"einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, " -"Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und " -"Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer " -"dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können " -"installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium " -"hinzufügen." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium hinzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3259,12 +2673,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, " -"so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres " -"Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</" -"emphasis> ausführen." +msgstr "Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</emphasis> ausführen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3274,11 +2683,9 @@ msgstr "Installation oder Aktualisierung" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3289,9 +2696,7 @@ msgstr "Installation" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</" -"application>-Installation." +msgstr "Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</application>-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3304,10 +2709,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen " -"auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die " -"neueste Version upgraden" +msgstr "Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die neueste Version upgraden" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3315,50 +2717,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der " -"letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich " -"getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das " -"Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation " -"durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen " -"wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber " -"zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder " -"Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den " -"ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur " -"Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart " -"durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache " -"hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum " -"Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das " -"<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das <emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3370,64 +2753,43 @@ msgstr "Tastatur" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. " -"Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-" -"Tastatur verwendet." +msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-Tastatur verwendet." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " -"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine " -"andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre " -"Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem " -"System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. " -"Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, " -"um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:" -"href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Tastaturbelegung</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf " -"<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und " -"wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt " -"haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, " -"und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt " -"wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der " -"Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen " -"Liste gewählt wurde." +msgstr "Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen Liste gewählt wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3435,10 +2797,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so " -"sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den " -"lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." +msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3451,56 +2810,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für " -"Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen " -"auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> " -"verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte " -"System." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte System." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem " -"System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></" -"emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas " -"komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten " -"Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese " -"wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." +msgstr "Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte " -"Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung " -"zu wählen." +msgstr "Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3508,68 +2849,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies " -"kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert " -"sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung " -"vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." +msgstr "Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und " -"Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." +msgstr "Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Maus auswählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine " -"andere Konfiguration auswählen." +msgstr "Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine andere Konfiguration auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige " -"PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen" -"\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer " -"Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -3579,9 +2904,9 @@ msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3590,103 +2915,84 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem " -"Sie den entprechenden Knopf im <emphasis>Bootloader " -"Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis> drücken und die Einstellungen im " -"Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern." +msgstr "Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem Sie den entprechenden Knopf im <emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis> drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und " -"aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt." +msgstr "Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn " -"vollständig umbenennen." +msgstr "Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn vollständig umbenennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der " -"Standardeintrag vom System gestartet." +msgstr "Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der Standardeintrag vom System gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte " -"probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Haupt-Optionen des Bootloaders" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch " -"vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier " -"ändern." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so " -"dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits " -"bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt " -"werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." +msgstr "Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3705,18 +3011,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master " -"Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme " -"installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." +msgstr "Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an." +msgstr "Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3724,18 +3026,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht " -"von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." +msgstr "Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der " -"Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." +msgstr "Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3746,62 +3044,41 @@ msgstr "Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, " -"dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite " -"\"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader " -"einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den " -"Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite \"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden " -"MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der " -"Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." +msgstr "Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist " -"eine Partition." +msgstr "Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist eine Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu " -"überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum " -"Installationsbildschirm zurück." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum Installationsbildschirm zurück." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden " -"Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten " -"Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das " -"dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen " -"Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen " -"offen sind." +msgstr "Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen offen sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3812,57 +3089,48 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten " -"Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken " -"Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das " -"Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. " -"Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei " -"der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die " -"Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." +msgstr "DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-" -"Laufwerke Sie haben." +msgstr "Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-Laufwerke Sie haben." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3874,15 +3142,13 @@ msgstr "Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Soundkonfiguration" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3890,9 +3156,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre " -"Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" +msgstr "In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3902,23 +3166,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach " -"der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder " -"<command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie " -"<guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" +msgstr "Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder <command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie <guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf " -"<guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</" -"guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3931,65 +3188,52 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</" -"guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden " -"ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer " -"den Falschen ausgewählt hat" +msgstr "Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer den Falschen ausgewählt hat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf " -"<guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." +msgstr "Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf <guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der " -"Auswahl nicht sicher sind." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der Auswahl nicht sicher sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und " -"jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen " -"wollen." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 -#, fuzzy msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" -msgstr "Mageia verwenden" +msgstr "Mageia deinstallieren" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:9 @@ -4008,20 +3252,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4037,6 +3281,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml index 8edf51b9..b235c680 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab.</para> </note></para> - <para>Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> @@ -132,7 +132,5 @@ Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern.</p <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 9bca8616..c1659c74 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -2,35 +2,37 @@ <info> <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> -<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Auswählen und verwenden der ISOs</title> </info> <section> - <title>Media</title> + <title>Medien</title> <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> - <para>You can find them <link -ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + <para>Sie können diese <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">hier</link> finden.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Classical installation media</title> + <title>Klassische Installationsmedien</title> <section> - <title>Common features</title> + <title>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>Diese ISOs verwenden ein traditionelles Installationsprogramm namens drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + <para>Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer +vorrigen Veröffentlichung zu machen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -40,181 +42,182 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Verschiedene Medien für die 32bit oder 64bit Architektur.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, -Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + <para>Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem, +Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Jede DVD enthält viele verfügbare Arbeitsumgebungen und Sprachen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> <section> - <title>DVD dual arch</title> + <title>Dual Arch DVD</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Verwendet nur den Xfce-Desktop.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Nicht alle Sprachen sind verfügbar. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) MUSS ÜBERPRÜFT WERDEN!</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>It contains non free software.</para> + <para>Es ist unfreie Software enthalten.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Live media</title> + <title>Live Medien</title> <section> - <title>Common features</title> + <title>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Jede ISO enthält nur eine Desktopumgebung (KDE oder GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean -installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous -releases.</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs können nur dazu verwendet werden, um frische +Installationen durchzuführen. Sie können nicht dazu verwendet werden um +vorrige Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>Sie enthält unfreie Software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Live CD KDE</title> + <title>Live-CD KDE</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + <para>Nur KDE Desktop-Umgebung.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>English language only.</para> + <para>Nur englische Sprache.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>Nur 32 Bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + <title>Live-CD GNOME</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + <para>Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>English language only.</para> + <para>Nur englische Sprache.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>Nur 32 Bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + <title>Live-DVD KDE</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + <para>Nur KDE Desktop-Umgebung.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>All languages are present.</para> + <para>Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + <title>Live-DVD GNOME</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + <para>Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>All languages are present.</para> + <para>Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> - <title>Common features</title> + <title>Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>English language only.</para> + <para>Nur englische Sprache.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -224,7 +227,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Enthält nur freie Software, für Leute die die Benutzung unfreier Software +ablehnen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,8 +238,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need -it.</para> + <para>Enthält unfreie Software (hauptsächlich Treiber, Codecs...), für Leute die +diese benötigen.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -243,46 +247,48 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Medien herunterladen und überprüfen</title> <section> - <title>Downloading</title> + <title>Herunterladen</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + <para>Wähle den Auswahlknopf "Datei speichern".</para> </section> <section> - <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + <title>Überprüfen der integrietät der heruntergeladenen Datei</title> - <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + <para>Öffne eine Konsole, Sie müssen hierfür nicht root sein, und:</para> - <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum -path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + <para>- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>.</para> - <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum -path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + <para>- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ +<userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>.</para> - <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a -while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + <para>und vergleiche die angezeigt Nummer auf deinem Computer (Sie müssen +wahrscheinlich eine weile warten) mit der Nummer die Sie von Mageia +erhalten. Beispiel:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -293,52 +299,52 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> </section> <section> - <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + <title>Brennen oder übertragen der ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>ISO auf eine CD/DVD brennen</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>ISO auf einen USB-Stick übertragen</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> - <title>Using Mageia</title> + <title>Mageia verwenden</title> - <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link + <para>Sie können ein grafisches Werkzeug verwenden, wie <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> - <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + <para>Sie können auch das dd Werkzeug in der Konsole verwenden:</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>Open a console</para> + <para>Öffnen Sie eine Konsole</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> + <para>Werden Sie root mit dem Befehl <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergessen Sie +nicht das '-' am Ende)</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,12 +352,12 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + <para>Geben Sie den Befehl <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> ein</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -359,35 +365,35 @@ or file manager that read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb -in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + <para>Finde den Gerätenamen des USB Sticks (durch die Größe), zum Beispiel +/dev/sdb auf diesem Screenshot, ist ein 8 GB großer USB Stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX + <para>Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + <para>Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + <para>Entferne den USB Stick, es ist fertig</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Using Windows</title> + <title>Windows verwenden</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>Sie können versuchen:</para> - <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=de_DE">Rufus</link></para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 Disk Imager</link></para> @@ -403,9 +409,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/de/addUser.xml index 72e92d6b..b8fbec74 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/addUser.xml @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ sich das Symbol für den Benutzer.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><guilabel>Wirklicher Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den + <para><guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein.</para> </listitem> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Passwörter für den Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen.</para> <note> <para>Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt -ein home Verzeichnis, was von systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber +ein home Verzeichnis, welches systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber schreibgeschützt ist.</para> <para>Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte @@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen.</para> <para>Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen -nun nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach -dem Neustart einzurichten.</para> +nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem +Neustart einzurichten.</para> <para>Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - diff --git a/docs/installer/de/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/installer/de/add_supplemental_media.xml index e766e283..0fd927e2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/add_supplemental_media.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/add_supplemental_media.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> <info> - <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)</title> + <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Medienauswahl (konfigurieren von zusätzlichen Installationsmedien)</title> </info> @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ hergestellt ist </para> <listitem> <para>Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch -die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, +die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL -können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation +können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen.</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/de/choosePackageGroups.xml index ed5de8bf..549e24c5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/choosePackageGroups.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Gruppen fahren.</para> können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung + <para>Um eine minimale Installation durchzuführen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung <xref linkend="minimal-install"></xref> .</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/installer/de/configureX_card_list.xml index 0712de2d..000fbd8d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/configureX_card_list.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/configureX_card_list.xml @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten.</para> welche nur in den "Nonfree"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind.</para> - <para>Die "Nonfree"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Sie sollten -dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun.</para> + <para>Die "Nonfree"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie +dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart +tun.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/de/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/installer/de/configureX_monitor.xml index dd73efa3..c299c632 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/configureX_monitor.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/configureX_monitor.xml @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors</para> format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <para revision="1" - xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Custom</emphasis></para> + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Benutzerdefiniert</emphasis></para> <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors</para Datenbank zu bestimmen</para> <para revision="1" - xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Vendor</emphasis></para> + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Hersteller</emphasis></para> <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ anhand folgender Optionen auswählen: <itemizedlist> </itemizedlist></para> <para revision="1" - xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generic</emphasis></para> + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Generisch</emphasis></para> <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ 60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die diff --git a/docs/installer/de/installer.xml b/docs/installer/de/installer.xml index e8dc2c76..141e66a9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/installer.xml @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Sie tun müssen.</para> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Willkommensbildschirm der Installation</title> </info> - <para>Hier ist der standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt</para> + <para>Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ Einstellungen vorzunehmen</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen -language for the system) by pressing the key F2</para> + <para>Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann sich von der Sprache des +Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste.</para> <para/> @@ -85,30 +85,33 @@ Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key.</para> + <para>Füge einige Kernel-Optionen durch drücken der F6 Taste ein.</para> - <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one -of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called -<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para> + <para>Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut +mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste +eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier +Einträge enthält:</para> - <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para> + <para>- Standard, es ändert nichts an den Standardoptionen.</para> - <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of -performances.</para> + <para>- Sichere Einstellungen, die priorität wird auf sichere Optionen gelegt zum +Nachteil der Leistung.</para> - <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management -isn't taken into account.</para> + <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die +Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt.</para> - <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is -about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> + <para>- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es +geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt +werden.</para> - <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options -displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + <para>Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen +in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert.</para> <note> - <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the -key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, -however, they are really taken into account.</para> + <para>Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge +welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der +<guilabel>Bootoption</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings +trotzdem befolgt.</para> </note> <mediaobject> @@ -116,11 +119,12 @@ however, they are really taken into account.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1</para> + <para>Füge weitere Kerneloptionen durch drücken der F1 Taste hinzu.</para> - <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with -the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to -go back to the welcome screen.</para> + <para>Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren +verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um +mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm +zurückzukehren.</para> <para/> @@ -140,22 +144,22 @@ options</guilabel> line.</para> <para/> <note> - <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para> + <para>Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt.</para> </note> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based -Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para> + <para>Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine +netzwerkbasierte Installations CD (Boot.iso oder Boot-Nonfree-iso) verwendet +wird.</para> - <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are -described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired -Network-based Installation CD, see <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia -Wiki</link></para> + <para>Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen +werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die +Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, siehe <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">im Mageia Wiki</link></para> <warning> - <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para> + <para>Das Tastaturlayout ist das amerikanische.</para> </warning> <mediaobject> @@ -211,11 +215,12 @@ niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be -possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use -this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be -presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit -ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para> + <para revision="2">Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell +nicht möglich. In desem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus zu +probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC, im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und +bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort +"boot:" angezeigt. Gebe "text" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die +Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -250,7 +255,7 @@ RAM.</para> <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> <info> - <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamische Partitionen</title> </info> <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on diff --git a/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml b/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml index 5a26984b..695a291c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"> <info> - <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Media Selection (Nonfree)</title> + <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Medienauswahl (Nonfree)</title> </info> @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png" format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem + <para>Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/de/misc-params.xml index 4be5cb26..5e8f77f6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/misc-params.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="misc-params" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"> <info> - <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Summary of miscellaneous parameters</title> + <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Zusammenfassung von verschiedenen Parameter</title> </info> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml index 882e49d1..70c069f0 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml @@ -47,10 +47,11 @@ neueste Version upgraden</para> <warning> <para>Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der -letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unsterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich +letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation -durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen</para> +durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu +lassen.</para> </warning> </listitem> </itemizedlist> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/de/setupBootloader.xml index 1d42deac..ec821cec 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/setupBootloader.xml @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen.</para> Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen.</para> - <para revision="3">Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als bootloader an.</para> + <para revision="3">Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an.</para> <warning> - <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa6">Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht -von grub legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt.</para> + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa6">Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht +von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt.</para> - <para revision="3">Die besste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der + <para revision="3">Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird.</para> </warning> </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 1db2fb4c..b36a7a67 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,36 +1,41 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags</title> + </info> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags</title></info> + <para>Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem +Sie den entprechenden Knopf im <emphasis>Bootloader +Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis> drücken und die Einstellungen im +Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern.</para> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - - <para>Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem -Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader -Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, -welches darüber erscheint, verändern.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und -aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt.</para> +aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt.</para> + <para>Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn vollständig umbenennen.</para> + <para>Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der -Standarteintrag vom System gestartet.</para> -<warning><para>Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte -probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun.</para></warning> +Standardeintrag vom System gestartet.</para> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte +probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 6395cfae..92ff0f01 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-24 10:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" @@ -102,9 +102,9 @@ msgstr "el" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Διαμόρφωση επιπρόσθετων μέσων εγκατάστασης)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -159,19 +159,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Διαχείριση χρήστη και διαχειριστή" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -420,17 +420,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -692,8 +692,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -746,8 +746,8 @@ msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλ msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -1480,9 +1480,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Συγχαρητήρια" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1543,10 +1543,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Μορφοποίηση" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -2049,10 +2049,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Ενημερώσεις" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2095,9 +2095,9 @@ msgstr "Έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibu msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2220,18 +2220,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Σύνοψη των διάφορων παραμέτρων" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2577,8 +2577,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2634,9 +2634,9 @@ msgid "" "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." msgstr "" -"Μέσο αποκαλούμε εδώ ένα αρχείο εικόνας ISO το οποίο επιτρέπει την εγκατάσταση " -"και/ή την ενημέρωση της Mageia και κατ' επέκταση κάθε φυσικό μέσο όπου το " -"αρχείο ISO έχει αντιγραφεί." +"Μέσο αποκαλούμε εδώ ένα αρχείο εικόνας ISO το οποίο επιτρέπει την " +"εγκατάσταση και/ή την ενημέρωση της Mageia και κατ' επέκταση κάθε φυσικό " +"μέσο όπου το αρχείο ISO έχει αντιγραφεί." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 @@ -2837,11 +2837,11 @@ msgid "" "on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" "Κάθε ένα είναι μια μικρή εικόνα η οποία περιέχει τα απαραίτητα για την " -"εκκίνηση του προγράμματος εγκατάστασης drakx και την εύρεση του " -"drakx-installer-stage2 και άλλων πακέτων που απαιτούνται για τη συνέχιση και " -"την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης. Αυτά τα πακέτα μπορεί να βρίσκονται στον " -"σκληρό δίσκο του υπολογιστή, σε έναν τοπικό σκληρό δίσκο, στο τοπικό δίκτυο ή " -"στο διαδίκτυο." +"εκκίνηση του προγράμματος εγκατάστασης drakx και την εύρεση του drakx-" +"installer-stage2 και άλλων πακέτων που απαιτούνται για τη συνέχιση και την " +"ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης. Αυτά τα πακέτα μπορεί να βρίσκονται στον σκληρό " +"δίσκο του υπολογιστή, σε έναν τοπικό σκληρό δίσκο, στο τοπικό δίκτυο ή στο " +"διαδίκτυο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 @@ -2904,8 +2904,8 @@ msgstr "" "Αφού έχετε επιλέξει το αρχείο ISO, μπορείτε να το λάβετε είτε μέσω http " "πρωτοκόλλου είτε μέσω BitTorrent. Και στις δυο περιπτώσεις, θα ανοίξει ένα " "παράθυρο με μερικές πληροφορίες, όπως ο καθρεφτισμός που χρησιμοποιείται και " -"η δυνατότητα να τον αλλάξετε αν το εύρος ζώνης είναι πολύ μικρό. Αν επιλέξετε " -"http, μπορεί να δείτε επίσης κάτι σαν αυτό" +"η δυνατότητα να τον αλλάξετε αν το εύρος ζώνης είναι πολύ μικρό. Αν " +"επιλέξετε http, μπορεί να δείτε επίσης κάτι σαν αυτό" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 @@ -2932,8 +2932,8 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστεί από έναν αλγόριθμο από το αρχείο λήψης. Όταν ζητάτε από τους " "αλγόριθμους να επανυπολογίσουν τον αριθμό αυτό από το αρχείο λήψης, είτε θα " "έχετε τον ίδιο αριθμό και το αρχείο σας είναι σωστό, είτε ο αριθμός είναι " -"διαφορετικός και έχετε μια αποτυχία και θα πρέπει να προσπαθήσετε την εκ νέου " -"λήψη του αρχείου. Στη συνέχεια θα εμφανιστεί το παρακάτω παράθυρο:" +"διαφορετικός και έχετε μια αποτυχία και θα πρέπει να προσπαθήσετε την εκ " +"νέου λήψη του αρχείου. Στη συνέχεια θα εμφανιστεί το παρακάτω παράθυρο:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2962,8 +2962,7 @@ msgid "" "file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" "- Για χρήση του md5sum, πληκτρολογήστε: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 @@ -2972,8 +2971,7 @@ msgid "" "image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" "- Για χρήση του sha1sum, πληκτρολογήστε: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>mdsum " -"path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 @@ -2981,8 +2979,8 @@ msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" -"και συγκρίνετε τον υπολογισμένο αριθμό στον υπολογιστή σας (ίσως χρειαστεί να " -"περιμένετε λίγο) με τον αριθμό που δίνεται από τη Mageia. Για παράδειγμα:" +"και συγκρίνετε τον υπολογισμένο αριθμό στον υπολογιστή σας (ίσως χρειαστεί " +"να περιμένετε λίγο) με τον αριθμό που δίνεται από τη Mageia. Για παράδειγμα:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 @@ -3022,9 +3020,9 @@ msgid "" "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Χρησιμοποιήστε το πρόγραμμα εγγραφής που επιθυμείτε, αλλά θα πρέπει να " -"σιγουρευτείτε ότι η συσκευή εγγραφής έχει διαμορφωθεί σωστά για την <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">εγγραφή μιας εικόνας</emphasis>· η εγγραφή δεδομένων ή αρχείων " -"δεν είναι σωστή. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link " +"σιγουρευτείτε ότι η συσκευή εγγραφής έχει διαμορφωθεί σωστά για την " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">εγγραφή μιας εικόνας</emphasis>· η εγγραφή δεδομένων " +"ή αρχείων δεν είναι σωστή. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link " "ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia " "wiki</link>." @@ -3052,15 +3050,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Η «αποτύπωση» μιας εικόνας σε έναν οδηγό flash θα έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την " "διαγραφή των αρχείων και την καταστροφή οποιουδήποτε προηγούμενου συστήματος " -"αρχείων στη συσκευή. Η χωρητικότητα του οδηγού θα συρρικνωθεί στο μέγεθος της " -"εικόνας ISO." +"αρχείων στη συσκευή. Η χωρητικότητα του οδηγού θα συρρικνωθεί στο μέγεθος " +"της εικόνας ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" -"Για να ανακτήσετε την προηγούμενη χωρητικότητα, θα πρέπει να μορφοποιήσετε το " -"κλειδί USB." +"Για να ανακτήσετε την προηγούμενη χωρητικότητα, θα πρέπει να μορφοποιήσετε " +"το κλειδί USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 @@ -3073,9 +3071,9 @@ msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα εργαλείο γραφικού περιβάλλοντος όπως το <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_stic" -"ks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα εργαλείο γραφικού περιβάλλοντος όπως το " +"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 @@ -3207,8 +3205,8 @@ msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" -"Αυτό το βήμα περιγράφεται αναλυτικά στην <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">τεκμηρίωση της</link>." +"Αυτό το βήμα περιγράφεται αναλυτικά στην <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia." +"org/en/doc/\">τεκμηρίωση της</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 @@ -3216,17 +3214,16 @@ msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki<" -"/link>." +"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3573,10 +3570,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3650,11 +3647,11 @@ msgid "" "edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " "instead." msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε επιλέξει <code>Grub 2</code> ως πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, δεν μπορείτε να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο για την επεξεργασία των καταχωρήσεων σε αυτό " -"το στάδιο, πατήστε «Επόμενο». Θα χρειαστείτε να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα το " -"<code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ή χρησιμοποιήστε το <code>" -"grub-customizer</code>." +"Αν έχετε επιλέξει <code>Grub 2</code> ως πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, δεν μπορείτε " +"να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο για την επεξεργασία των καταχωρήσεων σε " +"αυτό το στάδιο, πατήστε «Επόμενο». Θα χρειαστείτε να επεξεργαστείτε " +"χειροκίνητα το <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ή χρησιμοποιήστε το " +"<code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 @@ -3709,7 +3706,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -3881,14 +3878,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3931,7 +3928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ήχου" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -4011,12 +4008,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -4064,8 +4061,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Αν η Mageia δεν σας «έπεισε» ή αν δεν δεν μπορείτε να την απεγκαταστήσετε " "σωστά, με λίγα λόγια αν θέλετε να την «ξεφορτωθείτε». Είναι δικαίωμά σας και " -"η Mageia σας δίνει τη δυνατότητα να το κάνετε εν αντιθέσει άλλων λειτουργικών " -"συστημάτων." +"η Mageia σας δίνει τη δυνατότητα να το κάνετε εν αντιθέσει άλλων " +"λειτουργικών συστημάτων." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 @@ -4092,8 +4089,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Για να ανάκτηση του χώρου που χρησιμοποιούσαν οι κατατμήσεις Mageia στα " "Windows, κάντε κλικ στο <code>Έναρξη -> Πίνακας ελέγχου -> Εργαλεία " -"διαχείρισης -> Διαχείριση του υπολογιστή -> Αποθήκευση -> Διαχείριση δίσκων<" -"/code> για να μεταβείτε στην διαχείριση κατατμήσεων. Θα αναγνωρίσετε την " +"διαχείρισης -> Διαχείριση του υπολογιστή -> Αποθήκευση -> Διαχείριση δίσκων</" +"code> για να μεταβείτε στην διαχείριση κατατμήσεων. Θα αναγνωρίσετε την " "κατάτμηση της Mageia από την ετικέτα <guilabel>Άγνωστο</guilabel>, αλλά και " "από το μέγεθος και την τοποθεσία στον δίσκο. Κάντε κλικ σε κάθε μια από τις " "κατατμήσεις και επιλέξτε <guibutton>Διαγραφή</guibutton>· ο χώρος θα " @@ -4105,8 +4102,9 @@ msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." msgstr "" -"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε Windows XP, μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα κατάτμηση και " -"να την μορφοποιήσετε σε (FAT32 ή NTFS). Θα αποκτήσει ένα γράμμα κατάτμησης." +"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε Windows XP, μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα κατάτμηση " +"και να την μορφοποιήσετε σε (FAT32 ή NTFS). Θα αποκτήσει ένα γράμμα " +"κατάτμησης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -4123,5 +4121,3 @@ msgstr "" "το gparted, διαθέσιμο για windows και linux. Όπως πάντα, κατά την αλλαγή των " "κατατμήσεων, να είστε προσεκτικός-η και σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάρει " "αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλα τα σημαντικά σας αρχεία." - - diff --git a/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml index 97694255..c79ed062 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση.</para> </note></para> - <para>Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link></para> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml index e9a33f1e..df6650b2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado.</para> </note></para> - <para>La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> @@ -130,7 +130,5 @@ Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index b9363e41..9110e050 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 8e37f8f9..d23d1040 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,34 +1,39 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one.</para> + <para>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</para> + <para>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up.</para> -<warning><para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't +just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index ef21adef..63689788 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014 # motitos, 2013-2014 @@ -17,14 +17,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-09 19:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"es/)\n" +"Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -35,9 +36,11 @@ msgstr "Licencia y Notas de Versión" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -47,31 +50,40 @@ msgstr "Acuerdo de la Licencia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea " +"cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de <application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de " +"<application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder " +"continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego " +"haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su ordenador." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya " +"leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su " +"ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -83,7 +95,9 @@ msgstr "Notas de versión" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, " +"haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -94,29 +108,36 @@ msgstr "es" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación suplementarios)" +msgstr "" +"Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación " +"suplementarios)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los siguientes pasos." +msgstr "" +"Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar " +"otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La " +"selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los " +"siguientes pasos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -136,38 +157,41 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su propia instalación NFS." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). " +"Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los " +"repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, " +"tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su " +"propia instalación NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Administración de usuarios y del administrador" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /" +"> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -179,20 +203,31 @@ msgstr "Configure la Contraseña del Administrador (root)" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." +msgstr "" +"Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, " +"conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas " +"las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya " +"escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando " +"desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la " +"contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita " +"repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido " +"ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." +msgstr "" +"Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una " +"contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y " +"minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -205,29 +240,41 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su ordenador." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el " +"administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones " +"ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su " +"ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono del usuario." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono " +"del usuario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del usuario en este recuadro." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del " +"usuario en este recuadro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de " +"conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir " +"del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a " +"las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -235,22 +282,31 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la " +"contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el " +"nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el recuadro anterior." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña " +"en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el " +"recuadro anterior." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." +msgstr "" +"Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio " +"personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -258,14 +314,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en <emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en " +"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá " +"un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar el ordenador." +msgstr "" +"Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda " +"añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar " +"el ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -273,7 +335,10 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los " +"usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante " +"la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -291,7 +356,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." +msgstr "" +"Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una " +"pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está " +"añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -299,7 +367,10 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." +msgstr "" +"Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) " +"guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado " +"debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -307,7 +378,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido que los usuarios normales." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o " +"inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un " +"usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido " +"que los usuarios normales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -315,7 +390,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por " +"el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -323,42 +400,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " +"identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació " +"salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " +"identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que " +"para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Elija los puntos de montaje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -366,46 +449,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su " +"ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</" +"application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "" +"Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de montaje\", \"Tipo\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de " +"montaje\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro" +"\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y <literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje " +"desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y " +"<literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, " +"por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde " +"quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la " +"partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de montaje vacío." +msgstr "" +"Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de " +"montaje vacío." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -413,15 +513,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y tamaño." +msgstr "" +"Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y " +"luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la " +"siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y " +"tamaño." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien " +"solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -431,9 +538,11 @@ msgstr "Selección de escritorio" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para " +"ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -441,14 +550,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la " +"instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando " +"<guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -460,21 +574,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio <application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." +msgstr "" +"Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> " +"o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de " +"útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</" +"guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el " +"software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio " +"<application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, " +"con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selección de Grupo de Paquetes" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -483,7 +605,11 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." +msgstr "" +"Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de " +"lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si " +"necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada " +"grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -505,74 +631,91 @@ msgstr "Entorno gráfico." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o eliminar manualmente los paquetes." +msgstr "" +"Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o " +"eliminar manualmente los paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como hacer una instalación minima." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como " +"hacer una instalación minima." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Elegir paquetes detalladamente" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su instalación." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su " +"instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes (también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón durante la instalación para cargarlo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</" +"guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes " +"(también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para " +"instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón " +"durante la instalación para cargarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configure sus Servicios" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando arranque su sistema." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando " +"arranque su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo y ver todos los servicios que contiene." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo " +"y ver todos los servicios que contiene." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -584,7 +727,9 @@ msgstr "La configuración elegida por DrakX es normalmente la más correcta." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de abajo." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de " +"abajo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -596,36 +741,45 @@ msgstr "Sólo cambie servicios cuando sepa bien lo que está haciendo." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure su huso horario" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo huso horario." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo " +"huso horario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora " +"local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos " +"están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -635,24 +789,31 @@ msgstr "Escoja un servidor X (Configurando su tarjeta gráfica)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y " +"usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" +msgstr "" +"Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted " +"sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -675,7 +836,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." +msgstr "" +"Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía " +"no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar " +"un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -683,14 +847,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." +msgstr "" +"El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código " +"abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un " +"controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador " +"vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." +msgstr "" +"Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso " +"solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -698,30 +868,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." +msgstr "" +"Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios " +"para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En " +"algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema." +msgstr "" +"Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder " +"acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta gráfica y del monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +" <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -730,19 +906,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente <acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de " +"escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</" +"application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de " +"usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente " +"<acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione " +"bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. " +"Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> " +"no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su " +"tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -752,7 +939,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de " +"la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. " +"Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las " +"tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -764,7 +956,9 @@ msgstr "Tasas de refresco incorrectas pueden dañar su monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución " +"deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -772,19 +966,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está disponible</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no " +"siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su " +"configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la " +"configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se " +"guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá " +"reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que " +"la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está " +"disponible</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el activar o desactivar varias opciones." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el " +"activar o desactivar varias opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -796,7 +1000,9 @@ msgstr "Escogiendo su monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su monitor correctamente." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede " +"identificar su monitor correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -805,15 +1011,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la documentacion de su monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar " +"su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin " +"saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la " +"documentacion de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -824,10 +1037,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco " +"vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical " +"determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion " +"horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -836,7 +1053,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y consulte la documentacion de su monitor." +msgstr "" +"Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con " +"un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que " +"puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y " +"consulte la documentacion de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -848,7 +1069,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." +msgstr "" +"Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor " +"que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -860,7 +1083,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendedor</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" +msgstr "" +"Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe " +"cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -881,11 +1106,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genérico</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como 1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una selección conservadora. " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en " +"portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si " +"necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no " +"se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una " +"selección conservadora. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -895,47 +1126,63 @@ msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." +msgstr "" +"Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que " +"tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de " +"encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de " +"lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." +msgstr "" +"Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar " +"particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su " +"tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, " +"como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones " +"del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." +msgstr "" +"Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición " +"escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de " +"montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -958,21 +1205,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el " +"sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +msgstr "" +"Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del " +"contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -984,7 +1238,9 @@ msgstr "Usar la partición existente" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." +msgstr "" +"Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones " +"compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -994,9 +1250,11 @@ msgstr "Usar el espacio libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su nueva instalación de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su " +"nueva instalación de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1006,9 +1264,11 @@ msgstr "Usar espacio libre en una partición de Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador puede ofrecer usarlo." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador " +"puede ofrecer usarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1016,7 +1276,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" +msgstr "" +"¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación " +"de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia " +"de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1027,7 +1290,14 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad de sus archivos personales." +msgstr "" +"Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la " +"partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, " +"Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. " +"También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que " +"todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se " +"va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad " +"de sus archivos personales." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1042,7 +1312,9 @@ msgstr "Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. ¡Tenga cuidado!" +msgstr "" +"¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. " +"¡Tenga cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1050,7 +1322,9 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." +msgstr "" +"Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información " +"en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1060,9 +1334,11 @@ msgstr "Particionamiento personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación " +"en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1071,10 +1347,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB.Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las siguientes configuraciones:" +msgstr "" +"Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez " +"de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware " +"disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales " +"discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB." +"Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como " +"gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las " +"siguientes configuraciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1090,7 +1373,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de megabytes." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de " +"megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1107,8 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Febrero 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1131,10 +1415,12 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." +msgstr "" +"Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá " +"dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1145,64 +1431,82 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la " +"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" +"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " +"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Felicitaciones" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=" +"\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y " +"ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los " +"sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." +msgstr "" +"Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de " +"Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1214,43 +1518,54 @@ msgstr "¡Que lo disfrute!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formateo" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /" +"> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para formatear." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier " +"información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para " +"formatear." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan formatearse." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan " +"formatearse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que " +"quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1259,14 +1574,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." +msgstr "" +"Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en " +"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> " +"y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla " +"principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</" +"guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1279,14 +1600,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil posible." +msgstr "" +"Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está " +"diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil " +"posible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." +msgstr "" +"El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto " +"iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1301,15 +1627,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de Mageia:" +msgstr "" +"Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1320,38 +1648,50 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "Desde esta primera pantalla, es posible configurar algunas preferencias personales:" +msgstr "" +"Desde esta primera pantalla, es posible configurar algunas preferencias " +"personales:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "El idioma (solo para la instalación, puede que sea diferente del idioma elegido para el sistema) presionando la tecla F2" +msgstr "" +"El idioma (solo para la instalación, puede que sea diferente del idioma " +"elegido para el sistema) presionando la tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter." +msgstr "" +"Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un CD/DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone: <guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de Memoria</guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de Hardware</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un CD/" +"DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone: " +"<guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de Memoria</" +"guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de Hardware</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1360,8 +1700,10 @@ msgstr "Cambie la resolución de la pantalla pulsando la tecla F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1374,7 +1716,11 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6 muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone cuatro opciones:" +msgstr "" +"Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo " +"usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6 " +"muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone " +"cuatro opciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1386,28 +1732,36 @@ msgstr "- Por defecto, no cambia nada en las opciones por defecto." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Configuración segura, se da prioridad a las opciones más seguras en detrimento del rendimiento." +msgstr "" +"- Configuración segura, se da prioridad a las opciones más seguras en " +"detrimento del rendimiento." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración de energía no se tiene en cuenta." +msgstr "" +"- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración " +"de energía no se tiene en cuenta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le pide." +msgstr "" +"- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se " +"refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le pide." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por " +"defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1415,12 +1769,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta." +msgstr "" +"En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas " +"con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</" +"guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1433,12 +1792,17 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Presionando F1 se abre una nueva ventana con más opciones disponibles. Seleccione una con las teclas de flechas y pulse Enter para más detalles, o pulse la tecla Esc para volver a la ventana anterior." +msgstr "" +"Presionando F1 se abre una nueva ventana con más opciones disponibles. " +"Seleccione una con las teclas de flechas y pulse Enter para más detalles, o " +"pulse la tecla Esc para volver a la ventana anterior." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1447,34 +1811,47 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione <guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione " +"<guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la " +"lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de " +"<guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2" +msgstr "" +"Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Aqui se encuentra la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se utiliza un CD de instalacion basada en Red Alambrica (imagenes Boot.iso o Boot-Nonfree.iso)" +msgstr "" +"Aqui se encuentra la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se utiliza un " +"CD de instalacion basada en Red Alambrica (imagenes Boot.iso o Boot-Nonfree." +"iso)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">el Wiki de Mageia</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la " +"pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de " +"instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">el Wiki de Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1484,9 +1861,11 @@ msgstr "La distribución del teclado es la de un teclado Americano" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1496,24 +1875,29 @@ msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser " +"seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones <guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones " +"<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> " +"que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1523,10 +1907,17 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." +msgstr "" +"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " +"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " +"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " +"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " +"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " +"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1538,25 +1929,33 @@ msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones." msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</code> en la terminal." +msgstr "" +"Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del " +"idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas " +"antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</" +"code> en la terminal." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la palabra \"boot\". Escriba \"text\" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo texto." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación " +"gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para " +"llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de " +"bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la " +"palabra \"boot\". Escriba \"text\" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la " +"instalación en modo texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1571,7 +1970,12 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada con otras si es necesario." +msgstr "" +"Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un " +"problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática " +"de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, " +"escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada " +"con otras si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1583,9 +1987,14 @@ msgstr "Problema de RAM" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar " +"erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla " +"manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la " +"cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría " +"256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1598,39 +2007,43 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato \"básico\" a \"dinámico\" en Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato \"básico\" a \"dinámico\" en " +"Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este " +"disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualizaciones" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates." +"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." +msgstr "" +"Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se " +"han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1638,7 +2051,9 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" +msgstr "" +"Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</" +"guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1650,55 +2065,73 @@ msgstr "Luego, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selección de medio (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser elegidos en los próximos pasos." +msgstr "" +"Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los " +"repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la " +"instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser " +"elegidos en los próximos pasos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que contiene la base de la distribución." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que " +"contiene la base de la distribución." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, " +"es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de " +"código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio " +"incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, " +"firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo " +"una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este " +"repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en " +"algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para " +"reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para " +"reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1709,9 +2142,12 @@ msgstr "Instalación mínima." #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de " +"Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1720,14 +2156,21 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos " +"específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o " +"una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto " +"con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá " +"algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1735,34 +2178,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumen de la Configuración" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1771,7 +2217,10 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo " +"del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y " +"cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1787,9 +2236,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Huso horario</guilabel>:" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede " +"cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1801,7 +2253,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Región</guilabel>:" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref " +"linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1832,9 +2286,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Administración de usuarios</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio " +"<literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1846,19 +2302,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicios</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." +msgstr "" +"Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que " +"funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta " +"le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." +msgstr "" +"Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una " +"equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1875,7 +2337,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." +msgstr "" +"Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que " +"dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1887,7 +2351,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, trackballs, etc." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, " +"trackballs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1897,10 +2363,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tarjeta de sonido</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto." +msgstr "" +"El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger " +"uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta " +"pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1909,9 +2378,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1921,10 +2390,11 @@ msgstr "Para más información, vea <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1943,14 +2413,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el <application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener activados los repositorios non-free." +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores " +"libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el " +"<application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener " +"activados los repositorios non-free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para que también la controle." +msgstr "" +"Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para " +"que también la controle." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1963,14 +2439,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de proxy." +msgstr "" +"Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. " +"Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de " +"proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los parámetros que debe poner aquí." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los " +"parámetros que debe poner aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1985,9 +2466,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de seguridad</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada para un uso general." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en " +"la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada " +"para un uso general." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2004,50 +2488,64 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Cortafuegos</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." +msgstr "" +"El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos " +"importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes " +"pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su " +"selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy peligroso!" +msgstr "" +"¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy " +"peligroso!" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" +msgstr "" +"Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer " +"espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2065,7 +2563,10 @@ msgstr "Si no sabe qué elegir, deje la configuración por defecto como está." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad " +"en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de " +"Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2088,14 +2589,19 @@ msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el archivo ISO sea copiado." +msgstr "" +"Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o " +"actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el " +"archivo ISO sea copiado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Los puede encontar<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aquí</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Los puede encontar<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">aquí</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2108,80 +2614,81 @@ msgstr "Medio de instalación clásico." msgid "Common features" msgstr "Caracterśticas comunes." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Estas ISOs utilizan el instalador tradicional llamado drakx." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de lanzamientos previos." +msgstr "" +"Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de " +"lanzamientos previos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware." +msgstr "" +"Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema " +"de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles." +msgstr "" +"Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no libre." +msgstr "" +"Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no " +"libre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Ambas arquitecturas están presentes en el mismo medio, la ellección se realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado." +msgstr "" +"Ambas arquitecturas están presentes en el mismo medio, la ellección se " +"realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Utiliza sólo de escritorio Xfce." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Sólo algunos lenguajes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) PARA REVISAR!" +msgstr "" +"Sólo algunos lenguajes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, " +"uk) PARA REVISAR!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contiene software no libre" @@ -2191,38 +2698,39 @@ msgstr "Contiene software no libre" msgid "Live media" msgstr "Medio Live" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su disco rígido." +msgstr "" +"Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado " +"previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su " +"disco rígido." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "El ISO solo contiene un entorno de escritorio (KDE o GNOME)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas para crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde versiones previas.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas " +"para crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde " +"versiones previas.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre." @@ -2232,21 +2740,18 @@ msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio KDE." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Sólo idioma Inglés." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "sólo 32 bit." @@ -2256,8 +2761,7 @@ msgstr "sólo 32 bit." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME." @@ -2267,8 +2771,7 @@ msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Todos los idiomas presentes." @@ -2283,51 +2786,58 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Medio CD sólo de arranque" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar drakx-installer-stage2 y otros paquetes para continuar y completar la instalación. Estos paquetes pueden estar en el disco rígido de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar " +"el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar drakx-installer-stage2 y otros " +"paquetes para continuar y completar la instalación. Estos paquetes pueden " +"estar en el disco rígido de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en " +"Internet." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Estos medios son muy livianos (menos de 100 MB) y son convenientes cuando el ancho de banda es demasiado bajo para descargar un DVD completo, o para PC sin una unidad de DVD o PC que no pueden arrancar desde USB." +msgstr "" +"Estos medios son muy livianos (menos de 100 MB) y son convenientes cuando el " +"ancho de banda es demasiado bajo para descargar un DVD completo, o para PC " +"sin una unidad de DVD o PC que no pueden arrancar desde USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Contiene sólo software libre, para todos aquellos que rehusan del software propietario." +msgstr "" +"Contiene sólo software libre, para todos aquellos que rehusan del software " +"propietario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para aquellos que lo necesiten." +msgstr "" +"Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para " +"aquellos que lo necesiten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 @@ -2342,30 +2852,43 @@ msgstr "Descargando" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "Una vez que haya elegido un archivo ISO podrá descargarlo utilizando http o BitTorrent. En ambos casos una ventana le dará información, como el servidor espejo utilizado y la posibilidad de cambiar si el ancho de banda es demasiado bajo. Si elige http, además puede ver algo como" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya elegido un archivo ISO podrá descargarlo utilizando http o " +"BitTorrent. En ambos casos una ventana le dará información, como el servidor " +"espejo utilizado y la posibilidad de cambiar si el ancho de banda es " +"demasiado bajo. Si elige http, además puede ver algo como" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum y sha1sum son herramientas para verificar la integridad de los archivos ISO. Utilice sólo una de ella. Ambos números hexadecimales han sido calculados por un algoritmo en base al archivo que se descargará. Si usted utiliza este algoritmo para calcular otra vez este número en base al archivo que ha descargado, puede obtener el mismo número y su archivo descargado es correcto, o el número es diferente y ha ocurrido un error. Entonces aparece esta ventana:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum y sha1sum son herramientas para verificar la integridad de los " +"archivos ISO. Utilice sólo una de ella. Ambos números hexadecimales han " +"sido calculados por un algoritmo en base al archivo que se descargará. Si " +"usted utiliza este algoritmo para calcular otra vez este número en base al " +"archivo que ha descargado, puede obtener el mismo número y su archivo " +"descargado es correcto, o el número es diferente y ha ocurrido un error. " +"Entonces aparece esta ventana:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2390,30 +2913,38 @@ msgstr "Abra una consola, no es necesario ser root, y:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Para usar md5sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>md5sum ruta/a/la/imagen/archivo.iso</userinput>" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Para usar md5sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>md5sum ruta/a/la/imagen/" +"archivo.iso</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "-Para usar sha1sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>sha1sum ruta/a/la/imágen/archivo.iso</userinput>" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"-Para usar sha1sum tipee:[sam@localhost]$<userinput>sha1sum ruta/a/la/imágen/" +"archivo.iso</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "y compare el número obtenido en su computadora (puede tener que esperar un poco) con el número provisto por Mageia. Ejemplo:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"y compare el número obtenido en su computadora (puede tener que esperar un " +"poco) con el número provisto por Mageia. Ejemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -2425,7 +2956,10 @@ msgstr "Grabar o volcar el ISO" msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "La ISO ahora se puede grabar en un CD o DVD o descargarse en una memoria USB. Estas operaciones no son una simple copia y tienen como objetivo crear un medio arrancable." +msgstr "" +"La ISO ahora se puede grabar en un CD o DVD o descargarse en una memoria " +"USB. Estas operaciones no son una simple copia y tienen como objetivo crear " +"un medio arrancable." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 @@ -2437,10 +2971,13 @@ msgstr "Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Use cualquier dispositivo de grabación, pero asegúrese que esta correctamente seleccionado, si no la grabación de datos o archivos no será correcta. Más información en <link ns4:href=\\\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\\\">the Mageia wiki</link>" +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Use cualquier dispositivo de grabación, pero asegúrese que esta " +"correctamente seleccionado, si no la grabación de datos o archivos no será " +"correcta. Más información en <link ns4:href=\\\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\\\">the Mageia wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 @@ -2452,7 +2989,9 @@ msgstr "Volvar el ISO en un USB" msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Todas las ISOs de Mageia son híbridas, lo que significa que se pueden volcar en un USB y usarlas para arrancar e instalar el sistema." +msgstr "" +"Todas las ISOs de Mageia son híbridas, lo que significa que se pueden volcar " +"en un USB y usarlas para arrancar e instalar el sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 @@ -2460,12 +2999,16 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "\\\"Montar\\\" una imagen en un dispositivo flash, destruye cualquier sistema de archivos antes de la partición; todos los datos se perderán y la capacidad de la partición se reducirá al tamaño de la imagen." +msgstr "" +"\\\"Montar\\\" una imagen en un dispositivo flash, destruye cualquier " +"sistema de archivos antes de la partición; todos los datos se perderán y la " +"capacidad de la partición se reducirá al tamaño de la imagen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Para recuperar la capacidad original, tiene que formatear la memoria USB." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar la capacidad original, tiene que formatear la memoria USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 @@ -2475,97 +3018,97 @@ msgstr "Usando Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Puede usar una herramienta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Puede usar una herramienta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "También puede utilizar el comando \"dd\" en una consola:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Abrir consola" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "Conviértase en root con el comando su - (no se olvide del - al final)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Conecte su memoria USB (no montar, no habrá cualquier aplicación o gestor de archivos que pueda leerlo)." +msgstr "" +"Conecte su memoria USB (no montar, no habrá cualquier aplicación o gestor de " +"archivos que pueda leerlo)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Introduzca el comando \"fdisk-l\"." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Encuentre el nombre del dispositivo para su memoria USB (por su tamaño), por ejemplo /dev/sdb en la imagen de arriba, es una memoria USB 8Gb." +msgstr "" +"Encuentre el nombre del dispositivo para su memoria USB (por su tamaño), por " +"ejemplo /dev/sdb en la imagen de arriba, es una memoria USB 8Gb." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "Introduzca el comando: # dd if=/ruta al archivo ISO of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Donde X=nombre de tu dispositivo ej:/dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Ejemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Ejemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Introduce el comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Desconecta tu pendrive USB, esta echo" @@ -2590,7 +3133,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disco de Imagenes</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disco de Imagenes</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -2600,32 +3145,38 @@ msgstr "Insatlación de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Este paso se detalla en <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">Documentación de Mageia</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Este paso se detalla en <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">Documentación de Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Más información disponible en <link ns4:href=\\\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\\\">Wiki de Mageia</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Más información disponible en <link ns4:href=\\\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\\\">Wiki de Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccione su país / Región" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2633,14 +3184,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la " +"moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que " +"no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros " +"Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2649,7 +3205,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX seguirá su elección real." +msgstr "" +"Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, " +"después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la " +"primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX " +"seguirá su elección real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2660,14 +3220,23 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas (Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede " +"seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de " +"entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas " +"(Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs " +"de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones " +"asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que " +"los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de " +"entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden " +"instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2675,7 +3244,10 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." +msgstr "" +"Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede " +"hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su " +"computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2685,9 +3257,11 @@ msgstr "Instalar o actualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2698,7 +3272,9 @@ msgstr "Instalación" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2711,7 +3287,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la última versión." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas " +"en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la " +"última versión." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2719,31 +3298,47 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia " +"anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión " +"del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya " +"ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación " +"limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " +"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " +"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " +"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " +"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " +"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede " +"volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de " +"Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</" +"emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2755,43 +3350,60 @@ msgstr "Teclado" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." +msgstr "" +"DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún " +"teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del " +"teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire " +"en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. " +"Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También " +"puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Distribución_del_teclado</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</" +"guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la lista completa." +msgstr "" +"Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</" +"guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de " +"teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar " +"esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la " +"lista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2799,7 +3411,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas y no latinas." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una " +"pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas " +"y no latinas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2812,38 +3427,52 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. <application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la instalación y para su sistema instalado." +msgstr "" +"Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. " +"<application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la " +"instalación y para su sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la instalación." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, " +"usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos " +"ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la " +"instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección de múltiples idiomas." +msgstr "" +"Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la " +"primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección " +"de múltiples idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale también el idioma de su teclado." +msgstr "" +"Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale " +"también el idioma de su teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2851,52 +3480,65 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." +msgstr "" +"Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en " +"la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. " +"Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su sistema." +msgstr "" +"Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro " +"de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su " +"sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Elección del ratón" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." +msgstr "" +"Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 " +"y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o más botones." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</" +"guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o " +"más botones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2906,10 +3548,14 @@ msgstr "Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "Si ha elegido Grub 2 como su gestor de arranque, no se puede utilizar esta herramienta para editar las entradas en este paso, pulse \"Siguiente\". Hay que editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg o utilizar grub-editor en su lugar." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"Si ha elegido Grub 2 como su gestor de arranque, no se puede utilizar esta " +"herramienta para editar las entradas en este paso, pulse \"Siguiente\". Hay " +"que editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg o utilizar grub-editor en su " +"lugar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2917,84 +3563,107 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el " +"boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> " +"y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "Si ha elegido Grub 2 como su gestor de arranque, no se puede utilizar esta herramienta para editar las entradas en este paso, pulse \"Siguiente\". Hay que editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg o utilizar grub-editor en su lugar." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Si ha elegido Grub 2 como su gestor de arranque, no se puede utilizar esta " +"herramienta para editar las entradas en este paso, pulse \"Siguiente\". Hay " +"que editar manualmente /boot/grub2/custom.cfg o utilizar grub-editor en su " +"lugar." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." +msgstr "" +"Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una " +"entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede renombrar completamente." +msgstr "" +"Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede " +"renombrar completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos que seleccione otra." +msgstr "" +"La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos " +"que seleccione otra." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." +msgstr "" +"Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, " +"no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader." +"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por " +"elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." +msgstr "" +"Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, " +"necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o " +"permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3013,14 +3682,19 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot " +"Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, " +"Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque " +"opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3028,14 +3702,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por defecto." +msgstr "" +"Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son " +"soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por " +"defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible en la página de resumen durante la instación." +msgstr "" +"La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible " +"en la página de resumen durante la instación." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3046,18 +3725,25 @@ msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de <guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de " +"PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de " +"<guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le " +"permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como por ejemplo sda7." +msgstr "" +"No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe " +"de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como " +"por ejemplo sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3068,19 +3754,27 @@ msgstr "Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve al instalador." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar " +"donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve " +"al instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del sistema operativo en cuestión." +msgstr "" +"El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de " +"arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente " +"consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que " +"debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del " +"sistema operativo en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3091,66 +3785,79 @@ msgstr "Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio libre." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</" +"literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en " +"<guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /" +"tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio " +"libre." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configurando SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco duro." +msgstr "" +"DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos " +"controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los " +"controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco " +"duro." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que tenga." +msgstr "" +"Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que " +"tenga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." +msgstr "" +"Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configurar el sonido" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3158,7 +3865,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido " +"para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3168,16 +3877,25 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en <guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla." +msgstr "" +"El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras " +"la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie " +"esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la " +"etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en " +"<guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la " +"pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en <guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil sobre cómo resolver el problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de " +"draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en " +"<guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil " +"sobre cómo resolver el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3190,47 +3908,56 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado." +msgstr "" +"Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la " +"instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios " +"disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en <guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en " +"<guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirme el disco que va a formatear" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar " +"todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3248,34 +3975,52 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Si Mageia no le convence a usted o no puede instalar correctamente, en breve desea deshacerse de él. Ese es su derecho y Mageia también te da la posibilidad de desinstalar. Esto no es cierto para todos los sistemas operativos." +msgstr "" +"Si Mageia no le convence a usted o no puede instalar correctamente, en breve " +"desea deshacerse de él. Ese es su derecho y Mageia también te da la " +"posibilidad de desinstalar. Esto no es cierto para todos los sistemas " +"operativos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "Después de la copia de seguridad de datos, reiniciar en su Mageia DVD y seleccione Sistema de Rescate, a continuación, en Restaurar el gestor de arranque de Windows. En el siguiente inicio, sólo tendrá Windows sin ningún menú para elegir el sistema operativo." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"Después de la copia de seguridad de datos, reiniciar en su Mageia DVD y " +"seleccione Sistema de Rescate, a continuación, en Restaurar el gestor de " +"arranque de Windows. En el siguiente inicio, sólo tendrá Windows sin ningún " +"menú para elegir el sistema operativo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Para recuperar el espacio utilizado por las particiones de Mageia en Windows, haga clic en <code>Inicio -> Panel de control -> Herramientas administrativas -> Administración de equipos -> Almacenamiento -> Administración de discos</code> para acceder a la gestión de particiones. Usted reconocerá la partición Mageia porque está etiquetado <guilabel>Desconocido</guilabel>, y también por el tamaño y el lugar en el disco. Haga clic derecho sobre una de estas particiones y seleccione <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton>." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar el espacio utilizado por las particiones de Mageia en " +"Windows, haga clic en <code>Inicio -> Panel de control -> Herramientas " +"administrativas -> Administración de equipos -> Almacenamiento -> " +"Administración de discos</code> para acceder a la gestión de particiones. " +"Usted reconocerá la partición Mageia porque está etiquetado " +"<guilabel>Desconocido</guilabel>, y también por el tamaño y el lugar en el " +"disco. Haga clic derecho sobre una de estas particiones y seleccione " +"<guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Si tienes XP, puedes crear una nueva partición y darle formato (FAT32 o NTFS). Se obtendrá una letra de partición." +msgstr "" +"Si tienes XP, puedes crear una nueva partición y darle formato (FAT32 o " +"NTFS). Se obtendrá una letra de partición." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3283,6 +4028,11 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Si tienes Vista o 7, tienes más de una posibilidad, se puede extender la partición existente que está a la izquierda del espacio libre. Hay otras herramientas de partición que se pueden utilizar, como gparted, disponible para Windows y Linux. Como siempre, al cambiar las particiones, tenga mucho cuidado, y asegúrese de que todas las cosas importantes se han respaldado." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Si tienes Vista o 7, tienes más de una posibilidad, se puede extender la " +"partición existente que está a la izquierda del espacio libre. Hay otras " +"herramientas de partición que se pueden utilizar, como gparted, disponible " +"para Windows y Linux. Como siempre, al cambiar las particiones, tenga mucho " +"cuidado, y asegúrese de que todas las cosas importantes se han respaldado." diff --git a/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml index acdcac66..1df42cc5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación.</para> </note></para> - <para>Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml index 39c861f3..45ec66fa 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus langetatud valikutest.</para> </note></para> - <para>Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 litsentsile <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index e217e416..f23e3073 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Määratlus</title> - <para>Me nimetame siinkohal andmekandjaks ISO-tõmmisefaili, mis võimaldab -paigaldada ja/või uuendada Mageiat, ning ühtlasi ka igasugust füüsilist -seadet, millele ISO-tõmmis on kopeeritud.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>ISO-tõmmised leiab <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">siit</link>.</para> @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">siit</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Kasutavad traditsioonilist paigaldusprogrammi drakx</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -50,12 +50,11 @@ riistvara tuvastamise tööriist</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Iga DVD sisaldab kõiki saadaolevaid töökeskkondi ja keeli</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Paigaldamise käigus lastakse valida, kas kasutada mittevaba tarkvara või -mitte</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -65,16 +64,17 @@ mitte</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Ühel ja samal andmekandjal on nii 32- kui ka 64-bitine tarkvara; valik -tehakse automaatselt vastavalt tuvastatud protsessorile</para> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ainult Xfce töökeskkond</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ainult mõned keeled (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ tehakse automaatselt vastavalt tuvastatud protsessorile</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Saab tarvitada distributsiooni tundmaõppimiseks ilma seda kohe kõvakettale -paigaldamata, aga soovi korral siiski ka Mageia paigaldamiseks</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO sisaldab ainult üht töökeskkonda (KDE või GNOME)</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Sisaldavad mittevaba tarkvara</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -128,7 +129,7 @@ mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ainult 32-bitine</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -146,7 +147,7 @@ mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ainult 32-bitine</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -182,34 +183,35 @@ mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>CD-d ainult alglaadimiseks</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Ühised omadused</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Need on väikesed tõmmised, mis sisaldavad vaid tarkvara, mida on vaja -paigaldusprogrammi drakx käivitamiseks ning ISO-faili leidmiseks, et siis -jätkata paigaldamisega. ISO-failid võivad asuda arvuti kõvakettal, mõnel -muul kohalikul kettas, kohalikus võrgus või internetis.</para> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Need andmekandjad on väga väikesed (alla 100 MB) ja abiks siis, kui -internetiühenduse maht on liiga väike terve DVD allalaadimiseks, arvuti on -ilma DVD-seadmeta või ei saa arvutit käivitada USB-pulga pealt.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -223,8 +225,8 @@ ilma DVD-seadmeta või ei saa arvutit käivitada USB-pulga pealt.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Sisaldab ainult vaba tarkvara neile, kes ei ole nõus mittevaba tarkvara -kasutama</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,8 +236,8 @@ kasutama</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Sisaldab mittevaba tarkvara (peamiselt draiverid, koodekid jms.) neile, kes -seda vajavad</para> + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -243,26 +245,27 @@ seda vajavad</para> </section> <section> - <title>Andmekandja allalaadimine ja kontrollimine</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Allalaadimine</title> - <para>Kui olete sobiva ISO-faili valinud, saab selle alla laadida kas HTTP või -BitTorrenti vahendusel. Mõlemal juhul annab aken mõningat teavet, näiteks -kasutatava peegelsaidi ja võimaluse kohta seda vahetada, kui ribalaius on -liiga väike. HTTP valimise korral peaks pilt olema umbes selline:</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum ja sha1sum on tööriistad ISO terviklikkuse kontrollimiseks. Kasutada -tuleks ainult üht neist. Mõlemad kuueteistkümnendarvud arvutatakse kindla -algoritmiga allalaaditava faili põhjal. Kui paluda algoritmil arv uuesti -leida allalaaditud faili põhjal, saab tulemuseks kas sama arvu, mis -tähendab, et allalaaditud faili on korras, või siis mõne muu arvu, mis -tähendab, et see ei ole korras. Seejärel ilmub järgmine aken:</para> + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,32 +298,33 @@ allalaadimissaidil näidatuga:</para> <section> <title>ISO kirjutamine</title> - <para>Kontrollitud ISO võib nüüd kirjutada CD-le, DVD-le või USB-pulgale. See ei -ole tavaline kopeerimine, vaid eesmärk on luua käivitatav andmekandja.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>ISO kirjutamine CD-le või DVD-le</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Kasutage soovikohast kirjutamisprogrammi, aga kontrollige kindlasti, et -seade oleks määratud <emphasis role="bold">kirjutama tõmmist</emphasis>, -mitte aga andmeid või faile. Rohkem teavet leiab <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia -wikist</link>.</para> + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. There is more information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>ISO kirjutamine USB-pulgale</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>Kõik Mageia ISO-d on hübriidsed, mis tähendab, et neid saab kirjutada ka -USB-pulgale, mis on käivitatav ja mille pealt saab süsteemi paigaldada.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>Tõmmise kirjutamine USB-pulgale hävitab kõik varasemad failisüsteemid -partitsioonis, kõik andmeid lähevad kaotsi ja partitsiooni suurus väheneb -tõmmise suurusele.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>Algse mahu taastamiseks tuleb USB-pulk vormindada.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Mageia kasutamise korral</title> @@ -336,8 +340,8 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Võtke administratsiooni õigused käsuga <userinput>su -</userinput> (ärge -unustage kriipsukest lõpus)</para> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -345,8 +349,8 @@ unustage kriipsukest lõpus)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ühendage USB-pulk (ärge haakige seda, see tähendab ärge avage ühtegi -rakendust või failihaldurit, mis seda lugeda võiks)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -366,9 +370,9 @@ selleks /dev/sdb, mis on 8 GB suurune USB-pulk.</para> <para>Sisestage käsk # <userinput>dd if=ISO-faili/asukoht of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=Teie seadme nimi, nt: /dev/sdc Näide: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -384,7 +388,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Windowsi kasutamise korral</title> - <para>Võite proovida järgmisi programme:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -402,9 +406,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>Seda sammu kirjeldatakse üksikasjalikult <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/et/doc/">Mageia käsiraamatus</link>.</para> - <para>Rohkem teavet leiab <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia -wikist</link>.</para> + <para>More information is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/et/uninstall-Mageia.xml index 8d3ed498..2b7ff125 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/et/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia"> <!-- --> <info> - <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Mageia eemaldamine</title> + <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Uninstalling Mageia</title> </info> @@ -9,31 +9,29 @@ <section> <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Õpetus</title> - <para>Kui Mageia ei võida teie poolehoidu või paigaldamine ei kulge korralikult, -võib tekkida soov sellest üldse lahti saada. Erinevalt mõnestki -operatsioonisüsteemist Mageia arvestab teie sooviga ja võimaldab soovi -korral ka endale täielikult selja keerata.</para> + <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short +you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the +possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system.</para> - <para>Kui olete oma andmed varundanud, taaskäivitage oma Mageia DVD ja valige -Päästesüsteem ning seejärel käsk Restore Windows boot loader. Järgmisel -arvuti käivitamisel ongi teie käsutuses ainult Windows, mitte enam võimalus -operatsioonisüsteemi valida.</para> + <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select +Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will +only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system.</para> - <para>To get back the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on + <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled -<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by there size and place in the -disk. Right click on one of these partitions and select +<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the +disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para> - <para>Kui teil on XP, saate luua uue partitsiooni ja selle vormindada (kas FAT32 -või NTFS-vormingusse). Uuele partitsioonile antakse oma täht.</para> + <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it +(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para> <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the -existing partition that is at the left hand of the free space. There are -other partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for -both windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very -careful, and make sure all important things have been backed up.</para> +existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other +partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both +windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and +make sure all important things have been backed up.</para> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eu.po b/docs/installer/eu.po index 92b8a48c..fd7cb035 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eu.po +++ b/docs/installer/eu.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro2@hotmail.com>, 2014 # Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014-2015 @@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-09 15:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/eu/)\n" +"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"eu/)\n" +"Language: eu\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: eu\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -27,9 +28,11 @@ msgstr "Lizentzia eta Askatze Oharrak" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -39,31 +42,39 @@ msgstr "Lizentzia Kontratua" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz baldintzak eta lizentzia." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz " +"baldintzak eta lizentzia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari " +"aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik <guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik " +"<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua berrabiaraziko da." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko " +"dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua " +"berrabiaraziko da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -75,7 +86,9 @@ msgstr "Askapen Oharrak" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Zer berri dagoen bertsio honetan ikusteko <application>Mageia</application>, egin klik <guibutton>Bertsio Oharrak</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Zer berri dagoen bertsio honetan ikusteko <application>Mageia</application>, " +"egin klik <guibutton>Bertsio Oharrak</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -88,27 +101,32 @@ msgstr "eu" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Konfiguratu Instalazio Baliabide Osagarriak)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri gisa. Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako iturriek zehazten dute." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete " +"iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri gisa. " +"Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako iturriek " +"zehazten dute." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -128,38 +146,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Aukeratu ispilu bat, edo URL bat (lehen sarrera) zehaztu. Noiz ispilu zerbitzari bat hautatuta mageia biltegi administratze guztien aukeraketa sarbidea, hala nola nonfree, kutsatu eta eguneraketak biltegiak bezala. URL batekin, biltegi-zehatzak edo zure NFS instalazioa egin dezakezu." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu ispilu bat, edo URL bat (lehen sarrera) zehaztu. Noiz ispilu " +"zerbitzari bat hautatuta mageia biltegi administratze guztien aukeraketa " +"sarbidea, hala nola nonfree, kutsatu eta eguneraketak biltegiak bezala. URL " +"batekin, biltegi-zehatzak edo zure NFS instalazioa egin dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Erabiltzaile eta Supererabiltzaileen Kudeaketa" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -171,20 +191,31 @@ msgstr "Ezarri administratzaile (root) pasahitza:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Administratzaile / supererabiltzaile pasahitza bat konfiguratzea gomendagarria da, Linux-en <emphasis>root pasahitza</emphasis> bezala ezagutzen den <application>Mageia</application> instalazio guztietarako . Pasahitz bat idazten duzun bitartean koadroan kolorez aldatuko den armarria gorria berdea horia agertuko da, pasahitzaren segurtasun mailaren arabera. Ezkutu berde bat erakusten seguridad.Necesita maila altua bera errepikatu koadroan azpian ha dela akatsen bat konpromisoa ez da lehen pasahitza, alderatuz egiaztatzeko. Beheko koadroan errepikatu behar duzu, lehengo pasahitzean akatsik ez duzula egin egiaztatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Administratzaile / supererabiltzaile pasahitza bat konfiguratzea " +"gomendagarria da, Linux-en <emphasis>root pasahitza</emphasis> bezala " +"ezagutzen den <application>Mageia</application> instalazio guztietarako . " +"Pasahitz bat idazten duzun bitartean koadroan kolorez aldatuko den armarria " +"gorria berdea horia agertuko da, pasahitzaren segurtasun mailaren arabera. " +"Ezkutu berde bat erakusten seguridad.Necesita maila altua bera errepikatu " +"koadroan azpian ha dela akatsen bat konpromisoa ez da lehen pasahitza, " +"alderatuz egiaztatzeko. Beheko koadroan errepikatu behar duzu, lehengo " +"pasahitzean akatsik ez duzula egin egiaztatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Pasahitz guztiak dira kasu sentikorra, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahasketa pasahitz batean." +msgstr "" +"Pasahitz guztiak dira kasu sentikorra, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta " +"minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahasketa pasahitz batean." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -197,29 +228,41 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Hemen erabiltzaile bat gehi daiteke. Erabiltzaile batek administratzaileak baino baimen gutxiago ditu, baina nahikoak Interneten nabigatzeko, aplikazio ofimatikoak erabiltzeko, jokatzeko eta erabiltzaile ertainak bere ordenagailuarekin edozer egiteko." +msgstr "" +"Hemen erabiltzaile bat gehi daiteke. Erabiltzaile batek administratzaileak " +"baino baimen gutxiago ditu, baina nahikoak Interneten nabigatzeko, aplikazio " +"ofimatikoak erabiltzeko, jokatzeko eta erabiltzaile ertainak bere " +"ordenagailuarekin edozer egiteko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu, erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu, " +"erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu ezazu testu-kutxa honetan." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu " +"ezazu testu-kutxa honetan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsio bari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena sentibera da maiuskula eta minuskulei.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako " +"izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsio bari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen " +"benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena sentibera da " +"maiuskula eta minuskulei.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -227,22 +270,31 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza " +"idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra " +"adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko " +"duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen " +"pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, mundu bat irakurgarri izango du (baina idazteko babesarekin) home direktorioan." +msgstr "" +"Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, mundu " +"bat irakurgarri izango du (baina idazteko babesarekin) home direktorioan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -250,14 +302,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Hala ere, instalatzen ari zaren bitartean, edozein erabiltzaile <emphasis>MCC - Sistema -Erabiltzaile Kudeatzaile sistema</emphasis> gehitu home direktorioa duena zein irakurtzeko eta idazteko babestuta izango dena." +msgstr "" +"Hala ere, instalatzen ari zaren bitartean, edozein erabiltzaile " +"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema -Erabiltzaile Kudeatzaile sistema</emphasis> gehitu " +"home direktorioa duena zein irakurtzeko eta idazteko babestuta izango dena." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da." +msgstr "" +"Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi " +"baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren " +"benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -265,7 +323,10 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Mundu guztiak irakur ditzakeen direktorioak nahigao badituzu, instalazioan zehar <emphasis>Ezarpen - Laburpen</emphasis> beharrezko erabiltzaile guztiak gehi ditzakezu. Aukeratu <emphasis>Erabiltzaileak kudeatu</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Mundu guztiak irakur ditzakeen direktorioak nahigao badituzu, instalazioan " +"zehar <emphasis>Ezarpen - Laburpen</emphasis> beharrezko erabiltzaile " +"guztiak gehi ditzakezu. Aukeratu <emphasis>Erabiltzaileak kudeatu</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -283,7 +344,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Botoi <guibutton> aurreratua </guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa gehitzen duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila eskaintzen zaio. Gainera, gaitu edo desgaitu dezake gonbidatu kontua." +msgstr "" +"Botoi <guibutton> aurreratua </guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa " +"gehitzen duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila " +"eskaintzen zaio. Gainera, gaitu edo desgaitu dezake gonbidatu kontua." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -291,7 +355,10 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer gauza(<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo da saioa amaitzean. Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko baten gorde behar ditu." +msgstr "" +"gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer gauza(<emphasis>rbash</" +"emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo da saioa amaitzean. " +"Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko baten gorde behar ditu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -299,7 +366,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino murritzagoak izaten dira." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat " +"gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta " +"erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino " +"murritzagoak izaten dira." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -307,7 +378,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako shell-a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio " +"erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako shell-" +"a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -315,42 +389,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu " +"aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik " +"utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki " +"bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez " +"badakizu zer egiten ari zaren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Aukeratu muntatze-puntuak" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -358,46 +438,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>, muntatze puntu alda ditzake." +msgstr "" +"Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. " +"Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>, muntatze " +"puntu alda ditzake." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root) partizioa duzual." +msgstr "" +"Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root) " +"partizioa duzual." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " "point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point\", \"Type\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Gailua\", honako hauek osatzen dute: \"disko\", [\"Disko zurrun zenbakia\" (letra)], \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Gailua\", honako hauek osatzen dute: \"disko\", [\"Disko zurrun zenbakia" +"\" (letra)], \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Partizio batuz badituzu, muntai puntu ezberdinak aukera ditzakezu zerrenda zabaltzen, <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> eta <literal>/var</literal> bezala. Zure muntatze puntuak ere egin ditzakezu, adibidez <literal>/video</literal> zure pelikulak gordetzeko partizio bezala, edo <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> <literal>/home</literal> Cauldron instalazioko home partiziorako." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Partizio batuz badituzu, muntai puntu ezberdinak aukera ditzakezu zerrenda " +"zabaltzen, <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> eta <literal>/var</" +"literal> bezala. Zure muntatze puntuak ere egin ditzakezu, adibidez " +"<literal>/video</literal> zure pelikulak gordetzeko partizio bezala, edo " +"<literal>/cauldron-home </literal> <literal>/home</literal> Cauldron " +"instalazioko home partiziorako." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Zuk satu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi dezakezu." +msgstr "" +"Zuk satu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi " +"dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -405,15 +502,21 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Aukeratu <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> zer aukeratu ziur ez zaudenean, eta ondoren markatu <guilabel>Partizio pertsonalizatua</guilabel>. Hurrengo pantailan, partizio batean klik egin dezakezu bere tamaina eta mota ikusteko." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu <guibutton>Aurrekoa</guibutton> zer aukeratu ziur ez zaudenean, eta " +"ondoren markatu <guilabel>Partizio pertsonalizatua</guilabel>. Hurrengo " +"pantailan, partizio batean klik egin dezakezu bere tamaina eta mota ikusteko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Muntatze puntu zuzenak direla ziur bazaude, egin klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>, eta aukeratu soilik Drakx iradokitutako partizioa(k) edo gehiago formateatu nahi dituzun edo ez." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Muntatze puntu zuzenak direla ziur bazaude, egin klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</" +"guibutton>, eta aukeratu soilik Drakx iradokitutako partizioa(k) edo gehiago " +"formateatu nahi dituzun edo ez." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -423,9 +526,11 @@ msgstr "Idaztegi hautaketa" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure aukera doitzeko." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure " +"aukera doitzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -433,14 +538,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Aukeraketa pusuen ondoren, paketeen instalazioan zehar aurkezpen bat ikusiko duzu. Aurkezpen hau <guilabel>Xehetasunak</guilabel> sakatuz desaktiba daiteke." +msgstr "" +"Aukeraketa pusuen ondoren, paketeen instalazioan zehar aurkezpen bat ikusiko " +"duzu. Aurkezpen hau <guilabel>Xehetasunak</guilabel> sakatuz desaktiba " +"daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -452,21 +562,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Nahiago duzun idazmahaiko ingurunea, <application>KDE</application> edo <application>Gnome</application> aukera itzazu. Biek aplikazio erabilgarri eta tresna joko osoa dute. Pertsonalizatuta marka ezazu haietako bat edo biak erabili nahi ez badituzu, edo lehenetsi idazmahai ingurune bakoitzerako aukeratutako softwarea baino gehiago nahi baduzu. <application>LXDE</application> idazmahaia, gutxiago deitzen duen itxurakoa eta lehenetsi instalatutako pakete gutxiagorekin, aurreko beste biak baino arinagoa da." +msgstr "" +"Nahiago duzun idazmahaiko ingurunea, <application>KDE</application> edo " +"<application>Gnome</application> aukera itzazu. Biek aplikazio erabilgarri " +"eta tresna joko osoa dute. Pertsonalizatuta marka ezazu haietako bat edo " +"biak erabili nahi ez badituzu, edo lehenetsi idazmahai ingurune bakoitzerako " +"aukeratutako softwarea baino gehiago nahi baduzu. <application>LXDE</" +"application> idazmahaia, gutxiago deitzen duen itxurakoa eta lehenetsi " +"instalatutako pakete gutxiagorekin, aurreko beste biak baino arinagoa da." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Pakete-taldearen hautapena" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -475,7 +593,11 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Paketeak batera jarri dira zure beharren araberako aukeraketa asko errazteko. Taldeak intuizioz definitzen dira. Hala ere, informazio gehiago behar baduzu, besterik gabe, haiei buruzko informazio gehiago bistaratzen da talde bakoitzaren gainetik sagua pasatzean." +msgstr "" +"Paketeak batera jarri dira zure beharren araberako aukeraketa asko " +"errazteko. Taldeak intuizioz definitzen dira. Hala ere, informazio gehiago " +"behar baduzu, besterik gabe, haiei buruzko informazio gehiago bistaratzen da " +"talde bakoitzaren gainetik sagua pasatzean." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -497,74 +619,90 @@ msgstr "Ingurumen Grafikoa." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu edo kentzeko paketeak." +msgstr "" +"Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu " +"edo kentzeko paketeak." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Irakur <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> instalazio minimo bat egiteko argibideak." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Irakur <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> instalazio minimo bat " +"egiteko argibideak." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Aukeratu Banakako Paketeak" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa pertsonalizatzeko." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa " +"pertsonalizatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Aukeratu ondoren, orrialde amaierako <guibutton>diskete ikono</guibutton>an klikatu dezakezu zure pakete aukera gordetzeko (baita USB unitate batean gorde ditzake). Artxibo hau erabil dezakezu beste sistema batean pakete berak instalatzeko, kargatzeko instalazioan zehar botoi bera sakatuz." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu ondoren, orrialde amaierako <guibutton>diskete ikono</guibutton>an " +"klikatu dezakezu zure pakete aukera gordetzeko (baita USB unitate batean " +"gorde ditzake). Artxibo hau erabil dezakezu beste sistema batean pakete " +"berak instalatzeko, kargatzeko instalazioan zehar botoi bera sakatuz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Serbitzuak" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan ezar dezakezu." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan " +"ezar dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Badira lau talde, sakatu triangelua talde baten aurrean zabaltzeko eta zerbitzuak ikusteko atalean." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Badira lau talde, sakatu triangelua talde baten aurrean zabaltzeko eta " +"zerbitzuak ikusteko atalean." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -576,7 +714,9 @@ msgstr "Aukeratutako DrakX ezarpenak onak izaten dira." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info koadroan erakusten da." +msgstr "" +"Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info " +"koadroan erakusten da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -588,36 +728,45 @@ msgstr "Gauza bakarra aldatzen duzunean, oso ondo dakizu zer egiten ari zaren." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Denbora-Eremua" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Aukera ezazu zure ordu-zona zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu zona berekoa aukeratuz." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Aukera ezazu zure ordu-zona zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu " +"zona berekoa aukeratuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa ezagutzen denaa ezartzeko aukera daukazu." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa " +"ezagutzen denaa ezartzeko aukera daukazu." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Ordenagailuan sistema eragilearen bat baino gehiago badituzu, ziurtatu guztiak bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Ordenagailuan sistema eragilearen bat baino gehiago badituzu, ziurtatu " +"guztiak bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -627,24 +776,31 @@ msgstr "Aukeratu X zerbitzari bat (Konfiguratu Txartel Grafikoa)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua behar bezala identifikatuko du." +msgstr "" +"DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua " +"behar bezala identifikatuko du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean:" +msgstr "" +"Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein " +"duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -667,7 +823,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Zure txartela ezin baduzu fabrikatzaile zerrendan aurkitu (oraindik datu-basean ez delako sartu edo txartela zaharra delako) kontrolatzaile egokia aurki dezakezu Xorg-en kategorian." +msgstr "" +"Zure txartela ezin baduzu fabrikatzaile zerrendan aurkitu (oraindik datu-" +"basean ez delako sartu edo txartela zaharra delako) kontrolatzaile egokia " +"aurki dezakezu Xorg-en kategorian." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -675,14 +834,21 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Xorg-eko zerrendak generiko eta kode irekiko 40 kontrolatzaile baino gehiago hornitzen ditu bideo-txartelerako. Oraindik zure txartelerako kontrolatzaile egokia ez baduzu aurkitu, vesa kontrolatzailea erabiltzeko aukera duzu. Kontrolatzaile honek zure bideo-txartelerako oinarrizko ahalmena hornitzen du." +msgstr "" +"Xorg-eko zerrendak generiko eta kode irekiko 40 kontrolatzaile baino gehiago " +"hornitzen ditu bideo-txartelerako. Oraindik zure txartelerako kontrolatzaile " +"egokia ez baduzu aurkitu, vesa kontrolatzailea erabiltzeko aukera duzu. " +"Kontrolatzaile honek zure bideo-txartelerako oinarrizko ahalmena hornitzen " +"du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Kontutan izan baterezin kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula." +msgstr "" +"Kontutan izan baterezin kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte " +"Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -690,30 +856,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Bideo-txartel fabrikatzaile batzuek Nonfree biltegietan soilik aurkitzen diren jabedun kontrolatzaileak hornitzen dituzte Linux-erako. Kasu batzuetan, fabrikatzailearen webgunean aurkitzen dira soilik." +msgstr "" +"Bideo-txartel fabrikatzaile batzuek Nonfree biltegietan soilik aurkitzen " +"diren jabedun kontrolatzaileak hornitzen dituzte Linux-erako. Kasu " +"batzuetan, fabrikatzailearen webgunean aurkitzen dira soilik." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz." +msgstr "" +"Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura " +"aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Txartel Grafikoa eta Pantaila Konfigurazioa" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -722,19 +894,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Zuk Mageia-ren instalazio honetarako aukeratu duzun ingurune grafikokoarekiko (idazmahai-ingurune bezala ere ezagututa) independenteki, guztiak erabiltzaile interfaze-sistema grafikoan oinarrituta daude<acronym>X Window Sistema</acronym> , edo <acronym>X</acronym> soilik deitutakoa. Horrela, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> edo beste edozein ingurune grafiko ondo funtzionatzeko, <acronym>X</acronym>-en hurrengo ezarpena egokia izan behar da. Aukeratu ezarpen egokia <application>DrakX</application>-ek ez duela ezer aukeratzen edo ez duela egoki aukeratu ikusten baduzu." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Zuk Mageia-ren instalazio honetarako aukeratu duzun ingurune " +"grafikokoarekiko (idazmahai-ingurune bezala ere ezagututa) independenteki, " +"guztiak erabiltzaile interfaze-sistema grafikoan oinarrituta daude<acronym>X " +"Window Sistema</acronym> , edo <acronym>X</acronym> soilik deitutakoa. " +"Horrela, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</" +"acronym> edo beste edozein ingurune grafiko ondo funtzionatzeko, <acronym>X</" +"acronym>-en hurrengo ezarpena egokia izan behar da. Aukeratu ezarpen egokia " +"<application>DrakX</application>-ek ez duela ezer aukeratzen edo ez duela " +"egoki aukeratu ikusten baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure " +"txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -744,7 +927,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Pantaila</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukera dezakezu <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> posible denean, edo <guilabel>Hornitzaile</guilabel> edo <guilabel>Generiko</guilabel> zerrendako zure pantaila aukeratu. Aukeratu <guilabel>pertsonalizatua</guilabel> pantailaren freskatze horizontaleko eta bertikaleko tasak eskuz jartzea nahiago baduzu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Pantaila</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukera dezakezu " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> posible denean, edo <guilabel>Hornitzaile</" +"guilabel> edo <guilabel>Generiko</guilabel> zerrendako zure pantaila " +"aukeratu. Aukeratu <guilabel>pertsonalizatua</guilabel> pantailaren " +"freskatze horizontaleko eta bertikaleko tasak eskuz jartzea nahiago baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -756,7 +944,9 @@ msgstr "Freskatze tasa okerra pure pantaila kaltetu dezake" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan " +"ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -764,19 +954,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Froga</guibutton></emphasis>: Froga botoia ez da beti agertzen instalazioan zehar. Botoia baldin badago, bere ezarpenak kontrolaz ditzakezu hura sakatzen. Ezarpena egokia den galdera agertzen bada, \"bai\" erantzun dezakezu, eta ezarpenak gordeko dira. Ezer ikusten ez baduzu, ezarpenetako pantailara itzuli eta dena berriz konfiguratu ahal izango duzu proba baliozkoa izan arte. <emphasis>Ziurta ezazu konfigurazioa toki seguruan dagoela froga botoia eskuragarri ez badago</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Froga</guibutton></emphasis>: Froga botoia ez da beti " +"agertzen instalazioan zehar. Botoia baldin badago, bere ezarpenak kontrolaz " +"ditzakezu hura sakatzen. Ezarpena egokia den galdera agertzen bada, \"bai\" " +"erantzun dezakezu, eta ezarpenak gordeko dira. Ezer ikusten ez baduzu, " +"ezarpenetako pantailara itzuli eta dena berriz konfiguratu ahal izango duzu " +"proba baliozkoa izan arte. <emphasis>Ziurta ezazu konfigurazioa toki " +"seguruan dagoela froga botoia eskuragarri ez badago</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera " +"aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -788,7 +987,9 @@ msgstr "Aukeratu zure Pantaila" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala identifika dezake." +msgstr "" +"DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala " +"identifika dezake." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -797,15 +998,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Pantaila ezaugarri ezberdinak dituen bat aukeratzea zure pantaila edo bideo osagaiak kaltetu dezakete. Mesedez, ez zaitez saiatu ezer egiten zer egiten duzun jakin gabe.</emphasis> Zalantzarik izanez gero, kontsultatu zure pantailaren dokumentazioa." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Pantaila ezaugarri ezberdinak dituen bat aukeratzea zure pantaila " +"edo bideo osagaiak kaltetu dezakete. Mesedez, ez zaitez saiatu ezer egiten " +"zer egiten duzun jakin gabe.</emphasis> Zalantzarik izanez gero, kontsultatu " +"zure pantailaren dokumentazioa." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -816,10 +1024,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Pertsonalizatua</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta " +"sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala " +"nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo " +"horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -828,7 +1040,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "<emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure " +"benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu " +"baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta " +"ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -840,7 +1056,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten saiatzen da." +msgstr "" +"Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten " +"saiatzen da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -852,7 +1070,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Hornitzailea</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean:" +msgstr "" +"Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun " +"baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -873,11 +1093,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generikoa</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa kontserbadorea izan behar da." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak " +"eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila " +"aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den " +"bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa " +"kontserbadorea izan behar da." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -887,47 +1112,63 @@ msgstr "Pertsonalizatua disko partizioak DiskDrake-rekin" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Zure <literal>/</literal> partizioa enkriptatu nahi badituzu, bereiztutako <literal>/boot</literal> partizio bat duzula ziurtatu behar duzu. <literal>/boot</literal> partizioaren enkriptatzea ez da erabili behar, bestela, zure sistemak ez izango da abiarazi." +msgstr "" +"Zure <literal>/</literal> partizioa enkriptatu nahi badituzu, bereiztutako " +"<literal>/boot</literal> partizio bat duzula ziurtatu behar duzu. <literal>/" +"boot</literal> partizioaren enkriptatzea ez da erabili behar, bestela, zure " +"sistemak ez izango da abiarazi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Hemen zure disko gogor(ren) egitura estutu. Partizioak gehitu eta kendu daitezke, partizio bateko sistema edo tamaina alda daiteke, eta arren hasi baino lehen ikusketa bat egin." +msgstr "" +"Hemen zure disko gogor(ren) egitura estutu. Partizioak gehitu eta kendu " +"daitezke, partizio bateko sistema edo tamaina alda daiteke, eta arren hasi " +"baino lehen ikusketa bat egin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Erlaitz bat dago disko gogor bakoitzerako edo antzemandako biltegiratze-sistemarako, USB unitatea bezala. Adibidez, sda, sdb eta sdc hiru aurkitzen badira." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Erlaitz bat dago disko gogor bakoitzerako edo antzemandako biltegiratze-" +"sistemarako, USB unitatea bezala. Adibidez, sda, sdb eta sdc hiru aurkitzen " +"badira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu partizio guztiak garbitzeko" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu " +"partizio guztiak garbitzeko" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu." +msgstr "" +"Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo " +"aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -950,21 +1191,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan zure disko gogor(ren) edukia ikus dezakezu eta DrakX partizio morroiak <application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko aurkitu duen tokia ikusi." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan zure disko gogor(ren) edukia ikus dezakezu eta DrakX " +"partizio morroiak <application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko aurkitu " +"duen tokia ikusi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Beheko zerrendatik erabilgarri dauden aukerak bereziki aldatuko dira zure disko gogor(rren) diseinu eta edukien arabera." +msgstr "" +"Beheko zerrendatik erabilgarri dauden aukerak bereziki aldatuko dira zure " +"disko gogor(rren) diseinu eta edukien arabera." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -976,7 +1224,9 @@ msgstr "Lehendik dauden Partizioak" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du." +msgstr "" +"Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu " +"egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -986,9 +1236,11 @@ msgstr "Erabili Espazio Hutsa" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau " +"erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -998,9 +1250,11 @@ msgstr "Erabili Espazio Librea Windows-en Partizioan" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu, instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu, " +"instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1008,7 +1262,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Hau zure Mageia-ren instalazio berrirarentzako lekua uzteko modu erabilgarria izan daiteke, baina eragiketa arriskutsua da, beraz, fitxategi garrantzitsuen babeskopia egin behar duzu!" +msgstr "" +"Hau zure Mageia-ren instalazio berrirarentzako lekua uzteko modu " +"erabilgarria izan daiteke, baina eragiketa arriskutsua da, beraz, fitxategi " +"garrantzitsuen babeskopia egin behar duzu!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1019,7 +1276,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Kontutan prozedura hori dakar Windows partizioaren tamaina murrizteko. Partizio honek \"garbi \" egon beharko du, hau da, Windows azken aldiz erabili denean ondo itxita egon behar du. Halaber desfragmentatuta egon behar du, baina horrek ez du bermatzen partizioko fitxategi guztiak mugitu egin direla erabiliko den eremutik kanpo. Hori dela eta, Guztiz gomendagarria da zure fitxategi pertsonalaren babeskopia bat egitea." +msgstr "" +"Kontutan prozedura hori dakar Windows partizioaren tamaina murrizteko. " +"Partizio honek \"garbi \" egon beharko du, hau da, Windows azken aldiz " +"erabili denean ondo itxita egon behar du. Halaber desfragmentatuta egon " +"behar du, baina horrek ez du bermatzen partizioko fitxategi guztiak mugitu " +"egin direla erabiliko den eremutik kanpo. Hori dela eta, Guztiz " +"gomendagarria da zure fitxategi pertsonalaren babeskopia bat egitea." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1034,7 +1297,9 @@ msgstr "Aukera honek disko osoa erabiliko du Mageia-rantzat." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz ibili!" +msgstr "" +"Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz " +"ibili!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1042,7 +1307,9 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Diskoko zati bat beste zerbaitetan erabili edo jada galdu nahi ez duzun informazioa baduzu,, ez ezazu aukera hau erabili." +msgstr "" +"Diskoko zati bat beste zerbaitetan erabili edo jada galdu nahi ez duzun " +"informazioa baduzu,, ez ezazu aukera hau erabili." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1052,9 +1319,11 @@ msgstr "Pertsonalizatua" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko gogorrean." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko " +"gogorrean." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1063,10 +1332,16 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Zenbait disko gogor berri 4096-byteko sektore logikoak erabilitzen dituzte, 512 byte estandarraren ordez. Hardware librerik ezagatik partizio tresna ez da egiztatu halako diskoetan. Gainera, SSD disko batzuek 1MB baino gehiagoko ezabatze bloke bat darabilte. Iradokitzen dugu aurrez partiziorako beste tresna mota bart erabiltzea gparted bezala, mota honetako disko bat izanez gero, eta hurrengo konfigurazioak erabil ditzala:" +msgstr "" +"Zenbait disko gogor berri 4096-byteko sektore logikoak erabilitzen dituzte, " +"512 byte estandarraren ordez. Hardware librerik ezagatik partizio tresna ez " +"da egiztatu halako diskoetan. Gainera, SSD disko batzuek 1MB baino gehiagoko " +"ezabatze bloke bat darabilte. Iradokitzen dugu aurrez partiziorako beste " +"tresna mota bart erabiltzea gparted bezala, mota honetako disko bat izanez " +"gero, eta hurrengo konfigurazioak erabil ditzala:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1099,8 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "2014ko Otsaila" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1123,10 +1397,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Inork ez du ikusiko eskuliburu honetako ikus daitzekeen irudirik. Ikusiko dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien araberakoa izango da." +msgstr "" +"Inork ez du ikusiko eskuliburu honetako ikus daitzekeen irudirik. Ikusiko " +"dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien " +"araberakoa izango da." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1137,64 +1414,83 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "<link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>-ren laguntzarekin egin da eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>-ren " +"laguntzarekin egin da eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>-ra bada eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal duzu." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link ns6:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>-ra bada " +"eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Zorionak" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> instalatzen eta konfiguratzen amaitu duzu eta orain segurua da instalazio baliabidea kentzea, eta zure ordenagailua berrabiaraztea." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application> instalatzen eta konfiguratzen amaitu duzu " +"eta orain segurua da instalazio baliabidea kentzea, eta zure ordenagailua " +"berrabiaraztea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Berrezarri ondoren, abioko kargatzailea, zure ordenagailuko sistema eragileen artean aukera dezakezu (bat baino gehiago izanez gero)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Berrezarri ondoren, abioko kargatzailea, zure ordenagailuko sistema " +"eragileen artean aukera dezakezu (bat baino gehiago izanez gero)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa automatikoki hautatuko eta hasiko da." +msgstr "" +"Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa " +"automatikoki hautatuko eta hasiko da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1206,43 +1502,55 @@ msgstr "Gozatu!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi izanez" +msgstr "" +"Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi " +"izanez" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formateatzen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Hemen bertan zer partizio formateatu nahi duzun hauta dezakezu. <emphasis>Ez</emphasis> formateatzeko markaturik dauden partizioetan gordeko da edozein informazio." +msgstr "" +"Hemen bertan zer partizio formateatu nahi duzun hauta dezakezu. " +"<emphasis>Ez</emphasis> formateatzeko markaturik dauden partizioetan " +"gordeko da edozein informazio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten dira" +msgstr "" +"Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten " +"dira" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Klikatu <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> hautatzeko partizioko <emphasis>Bloke okerrak</emphasis> egiaztatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Klikatu <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> hautatzeko partizioko " +"<emphasis>Bloke okerrak</emphasis> egiaztatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1251,14 +1559,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Ez bazaude ziur aukeraketa egokia egin duzula, <guibutton>Atzera</guibutton>, eta berriro <guibutton>Atzera</guibutton> eta gero <guibutton>Pertsonalizatuan</guibutton> klik egin dezakezu hasierako pantailara itzultzeko. Pantaila honetan zure partizioek dutena ikus dezakzu." +msgstr "" +"Ez bazaude ziur aukeraketa egokia egin duzula, <guibutton>Atzera</" +"guibutton>, eta berriro <guibutton>Atzera</guibutton> eta gero " +"<guibutton>Pertsonalizatuan</guibutton> klik egin dezakezu hasierako " +"pantailara itzultzeko. Pantaila honetan zure partizioek dutena ikus dezakzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Zure aukeretaz ziur zaudenean, <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia klikatu jarraitzeko." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Zure aukeretaz ziur zaudenean, <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> botoia " +"klikatu jarraitzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1271,14 +1585,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "GNU-Linux-eko erabiltzaile berri edo aurreratu bat bazara, Mageia-ren instalatzailea diseinatuta dago zure instalazioa edo eguneratzea posible bezain erraz egiten laguntzeko." +msgstr "" +"GNU-Linux-eko erabiltzaile berri edo aurreratu bat bazara, Mageia-ren " +"instalatzailea diseinatuta dago zure instalazioa edo eguneratzea posible " +"bezain erraz egiten laguntzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Hasierako menuak hainbat aukera ditu, baina aukera lehenetsia instalatzailea da, normalean, behar duzun guztia dela." +msgstr "" +"Hasierako menuak hainbat aukera ditu, baina aukera lehenetsia instalatzailea " +"da, normalean, behar duzun guztia dela." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1298,10 +1617,11 @@ msgstr "Hona hemen Mageia DVDko lehenetsitako ongietorri pantaila:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1312,19 +1632,24 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "Lehenengo pantaila honetan, posible da lehentasun pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:" +msgstr "" +"Lehenengo pantaila honetan, posible da lehentasun pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "Hizkuntzan (instalazioa egiteko bakarrik, desberdinak izan daitezke, aukeratutako sistemaren hizkuntzaz) F2 sakatu" +msgstr "" +"Hizkuntzan (instalazioa egiteko bakarrik, desberdinak izan daitezke, " +"aukeratutako sistemaren hizkuntzaz) F2 sakatu" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1335,15 +1660,21 @@ msgstr "Erabili geziak hizkuntza aukeratzeko eta sakatu Sartu." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Hemen adibide bat dago, CD/DVD Live mota erabiltzean agertutako Frantsesezko ongietorri pantaila. Nabaritu aipaturiko CD/DVDaren menuak ez duela proposatzen: <guilabel>Berreskuratze Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memoriaren Frogapena</guilabel> ezta <guilabel>Hardwarea antzemateko tresnarik</guilabel> ere." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Hemen adibide bat dago, CD/DVD Live mota erabiltzean agertutako Frantsesezko " +"ongietorri pantaila. Nabaritu aipaturiko CD/DVDaren menuak ez duela " +"proposatzen: <guilabel>Berreskuratze Sistema</guilabel>, " +"<guilabel>Memoriaren Frogapena</guilabel> ezta <guilabel>Hardwarea " +"antzemateko tresnarik</guilabel> ere." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1352,8 +1683,10 @@ msgstr "Aldatu pantailaren bereizmena F3 tekla sakatuz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1366,7 +1699,11 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Instalazioak huts egiten badu, orduan berriro beste aukera osagarri batzuekin saiatzea beharrezkoa izan daiteke. F6 sakatzen duzunean agertzen den menuak lerro <guilabel>Abio aukarak</guilabel> berri bat erakusten du eta lau aukera proposatzen ditu:" +msgstr "" +"Instalazioak huts egiten badu, orduan berriro beste aukera osagarri " +"batzuekin saiatzea beharrezkoa izan daiteke. F6 sakatzen duzunean agertzen " +"den menuak lerro <guilabel>Abio aukarak</guilabel> berri bat erakusten du " +"eta lau aukera proposatzen ditu:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1378,28 +1715,36 @@ msgstr "- Berez, ez du lehenetsitako aukeretan ezer aldatzen." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Ezarpenak Seguruak, lehentasuna ematen da aukera seguruei prozeduraren kalterako." +msgstr "" +"- Ezarpenak Seguruak, lehentasuna ematen da aukera seguruei prozeduraren " +"kalterako." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- ACPI-rik gabe (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), energia-administrazioa ez da kontuan hartzen." +msgstr "" +"- ACPI-rik gabe (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), energia-" +"administrazioa ez da kontuan hartzen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- APIC-a Lokalik (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) gabe, CPU-aren etenez dihardu. Aukera hau aukeratu ezazu eskatzen bazaizu." +msgstr "" +"- APIC-a Lokalik (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) gabe, " +"CPU-aren etenez dihardu. Aukera hau aukeratu ezazu eskatzen bazaizu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Sarrera horietako bat hautatzean, <guilabel>Abio aukera</guilabel> lerroan erakutsitako jatorrizko aukerak aldatzen dira." +msgstr "" +"Sarrera horietako bat hautatzean, <guilabel>Abio aukera</guilabel> lerroan " +"erakutsitako jatorrizko aukerak aldatzen dira." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1407,12 +1752,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "Maegia bertsio batzuetan, hautatutako F6 gakoarekin hautatutako aukerak ez direla <guilabel>Abio aukerak</guilabel> lerroan agertzen gerta daiteke. Hala ere, kontuan izango dira." +msgstr "" +"Maegia bertsio batzuetan, hautatutako F6 gakoarekin hautatutako aukerak ez " +"direla <guilabel>Abio aukerak</guilabel> lerroan agertzen gerta daiteke. " +"Hala ere, kontuan izango dira." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1425,12 +1775,17 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu gezi-teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla saka ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko." +msgstr "" +"F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu gezi-" +"teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla saka " +"ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1439,12 +1794,18 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "Aukeren pantailaren ikuspegi zehatza. Sakatu Esc edo hautatu <guilabel>Abioko aukeretara Itzultzea</guilabel> aukeren zerrendara itzultzeko. Aukera hauek eskuz gehitu daitezke <guilabel>Abioko Aukera</guilabel> lerroan." +msgstr "" +"Aukeren pantailaren ikuspegi zehatza. Sakatu Esc edo hautatu " +"<guilabel>Abioko aukeretara Itzultzea</guilabel> aukeren zerrendara " +"itzultzeko. Aukera hauek eskuz gehitu daitezke <guilabel>Abioko Aukera</" +"guilabel> lerroan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1456,17 +1817,22 @@ msgstr "Laguntzak F2 teklaz aukeratutako hizkuntza emaitza du." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Hona hemen hasierako pantaila kable sare instalazioan oinarritzen CD bat erabiltzen denean (Boot.iso edo Boot-Nonfree.iso imajinak)" +msgstr "" +"Hona hemen hasierako pantaila kable sare instalazioan oinarritzen CD bat " +"erabiltzen denean (Boot.iso edo Boot-Nonfree.iso imajinak)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Ezin duzu hizkuntza aldatu, aukerak pantailan azaltzen dira. Haridun Sarean oinarritutako instalazio CDa nola erabiltzeari buruzko informazio gehiago lortzeko, bisitatu <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageiaren Wiki-a</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ezin duzu hizkuntza aldatu, aukerak pantailan azaltzen dira. Haridun Sarean " +"oinarritutako instalazio CDa nola erabiltzeari buruzko informazio gehiago " +"lortzeko, bisitatu <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">Mageiaren Wiki-a</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1476,9 +1842,11 @@ msgstr "Teklatuaren diseinua amerikarra da." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1488,24 +1856,30 @@ msgstr "Instalazio urratsak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Instalazio prozesuko hainbat urrats pantailaren alboko panelean jarraitu daitezke." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Instalazio prozesuko hainbat urrats pantailaren alboko panelean jarraitu " +"daitezke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Urrats bakoitzak pantailetan bat edo gehiago ditu aukera osagarrietarako botoiak <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> izan dezakeena, normalean gutxi erabiltzen dira ." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Urrats bakoitzak pantailetan bat edo gehiago ditu aukera osagarrietarako " +"botoiak <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> izan dezakeena, normalean gutxi " +"erabiltzen dira ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "Pantailak gehienek <guibutton>Laguntza</guibutton> botoiak dituzte, zienek pausuei buruzko azalpenak emango dizute." +msgstr "" +"Pantailak gehienek <guibutton>Laguntza</guibutton> botoiak dituzte, zienek " +"pausuei buruzko azalpenak emango dizute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1515,10 +1889,17 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Instalazioan zehar nonbait instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu, berrastea posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat formateatu denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure ordenagailua ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema erabilezinarekin utz dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu, terminalera sar zaitez <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. Gero, <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko." +msgstr "" +"Instalazioan zehar nonbait instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu, " +"berrastea posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat " +"formateatu denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure " +"ordenagailua ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema " +"erabilezinarekin utz dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu, " +"terminalera sar zaitez <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. " +"Gero, <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1530,25 +1911,33 @@ msgstr "Instalazio arazoak eta Konponbide Posibleak" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Interfaze Grafikorik gabe" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Hasierako pantailaren ondoren, ez du hizkuntzako aukeraketa pantaila kargatzen. Hau gerta daiteke txartel grafiko batzuekin eta sistema zaharrekin. Saiatu bereizmen bajuago bat erabiltzea, <code>vgalo</code> terminalean idatziz." +msgstr "" +"Hasierako pantailaren ondoren, ez du hizkuntzako aukeraketa pantaila " +"kargatzen. Hau gerta daiteke txartel grafiko batzuekin eta sistema " +"zaharrekin. Saiatu bereizmen bajuago bat erabiltzea, <code>vgalo</code> " +"terminalean idatziz." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Hardwarea zaharra bada, Beharbada ez da posible instalazio grafikoa egitea. Aipaturiko kasuan, testu modu instalazio bat saia liteke. Aipaturiko modua burutzeko, ESC sakatu ezazu lehen ongietorri-pantailan zehar eta ENTER sakatuz egiazta ezazu. Pantaila beltza agertuko da \"boot\" hitzarekin. \"text\" idatz ezazu eta ENTER sakatu ezazu. Orain testu moduko instalazioarekin jarrai ezazu." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Hardwarea zaharra bada, Beharbada ez da posible instalazio grafikoa egitea. " +"Aipaturiko kasuan, testu modu instalazio bat saia liteke. Aipaturiko modua " +"burutzeko, ESC sakatu ezazu lehen ongietorri-pantailan zehar eta ENTER " +"sakatuz egiazta ezazu. Pantaila beltza agertuko da \"boot\" hitzarekin. " +"\"text\" idatz ezazu eta ENTER sakatu ezazu. Orain testu moduko " +"instalazioarekin jarrai ezazu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1563,7 +1952,12 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Sistemak instalazioan zehar izoztu egiten dela badirudi, hardware detekzioekin arazoa izan daiteke. Kasu honetan, hardwareko detekzio automatikoa desaktiba daiteke eta gero ezarri daiteke. Hau probatzeko, <code>noauto</code> idatz ezazu terminalean. Beharrezkoa bada aukera hau beste batzuekin konbina daiteke." +msgstr "" +"Sistemak instalazioan zehar izoztu egiten dela badirudi, hardware " +"detekzioekin arazoa izan daiteke. Kasu honetan, hardwareko detekzio " +"automatikoa desaktiba daiteke eta gero ezarri daiteke. Hau probatzeko, " +"<code>noauto</code> idatz ezazu terminalean. Beharrezkoa bada aukera hau " +"beste batzuekin konbina daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1575,9 +1969,14 @@ msgstr "RAM arazoak" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Hura behar izatea arraroa da, baina kasu batzuetan, hardwareak RAM-aren kantitate libreari buruz oker informa dezake. Hura eskuz zehazteko, <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametroa erabil dezake, xxx RAM-aren kantitate zuzena den, adibidez: <code>mem=256M</code>-ak RAM 256MB esan nahi izango lituzke." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Hura behar izatea arraroa da, baina kasu batzuetan, hardwareak RAM-aren " +"kantitate libreari buruz oker informa dezake. Hura eskuz zehazteko, " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parametroa erabil dezake, xxx RAM-aren kantitate " +"zuzena den, adibidez: <code>mem=256M</code>-ak RAM 256MB esan nahi izango " +"lituzke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1590,39 +1989,44 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Zuk \"oinarrizko\" formatutik zure disko gogorra \"dinamiko\"-ra bihurtu bazenuen Microsoft Windows-en, Mageia disko honetan jartzea ezinezkoa izango dela jakin behar duzu. Oinarrizko diskora itzultzeko Microsoft-eko dokumentazioa ikus ezazu: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Zuk \"oinarrizko\" formatutik zure disko gogorra \"dinamiko\"-ra bihurtu " +"bazenuen Microsoft Windows-en, Mageia disko honetan jartzea ezinezkoa izango " +"dela jakin behar duzu. Oinarrizko diskora itzultzeko Microsoft-eko " +"dokumentazioa ikus ezazu: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/" +"library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315." +"aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Eguneraketak" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application>-ko bertsio hau askatu zenetik, pakete batzuk eguneratu edo hobetu dira." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application>-ko bertsio hau askatu zenetik, pakete " +"batzuk eguneratu edo hobetu dira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1630,7 +2034,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "<guilabel>Bai</guilabel> aukeratu instalatu nahi baduzu, <guilabel>Ez</guilabel> aukeratu orain egin nahi ez baduzu, edo Internetera konektaturik ez bazaude" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Bai</guilabel> aukeratu instalatu nahi baduzu, <guilabel>Ez</" +"guilabel> aukeratu orain egin nahi ez baduzu, edo Internetera konektaturik " +"ez bazaude" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1642,55 +2049,72 @@ msgstr "Ondoren, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> jarraitzeko" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Hemen eskuragarri dauden biltegien zerrenda bat. Biltegi guztiak ez daude eskuragarri, instalaziorako erabilitako baliabidearen arabera. Biltegien aukeraketa hurrengo urratsetan hautagai izagon diren paketeak zehaztuko ditu." +msgstr "" +"Hemen eskuragarri dauden biltegien zerrenda bat. Biltegi guztiak ez daude " +"eskuragarri, instalaziorako erabilitako baliabidearen arabera. Biltegien " +"aukeraketa hurrengo urratsetan hautagai izagon diren paketeak zehaztuko ditu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren oinarria daukanez gero." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren " +"oinarria daukanez gero." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> biltegiak doakoak diren paketeak ditu, hau da, mageia birbana ditzake, baina softwarea kode itxiko paketeak, eta hortik datorkio nonfree izena. Adibidez, biltegiak barnean nVidia eta ATI txartel grafiko, hainbat WiFi txartelentzako firmware, gidariak jabedun, ea hartzen ditu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> biltegiak doakoak diren paketeak ditu, hau da, " +"mageia birbana ditzake, baina softwarea kode itxiko paketeak, eta hortik " +"datorkio nonfree izena. Adibidez, biltegiak barnean nVidia eta ATI txartel " +"grafiko, hainbat WiFi txartelentzako firmware, gidariak jabedun, ea hartzen " +"ditu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> biltegiak barne hartzen ditu doako lizentziapean argitaratutako paketeak. Paketeak biltegi honetan jartzeko irizpide nagusia patenteak eta copyright herri batzuetako legeak hauts daitezkeela da, hala nola, zenbait audio/bideo, DVD komertzial bideo, etab erreproduzitzeko beharrezkoak diren multimedia codec batzuk bezalako paketeak, etab." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> biltegiak barne hartzen ditu doako " +"lizentziapean argitaratutako paketeak. Paketeak biltegi honetan jartzeko " +"irizpide nagusia patenteak eta copyright herri batzuetako legeak hauts " +"daitezkeela da, hala nola, zenbait audio/bideo, DVD komertzial bideo, etab " +"erreproduzitzeko beharrezkoak diren multimedia codec batzuk bezalako " +"paketeak, etab." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1701,9 +2125,11 @@ msgstr "Instalazio Minimoa" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Instalazio txikiena aukeratu dezakezu pakete taldeen pantailan dena desautatuz, ikus <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Instalazio txikiena aukeratu dezakezu pakete taldeen pantailan dena " +"desautatuz, ikus <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1712,14 +2138,20 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "<application>Mageiaren</application> erabilera espezifikoak buruan dutenentzat dago zuzenduta instalazio minimoa, zerbitzari edo lanpostu espezialitatua bezala. Beharbada aukera hau erabiliko duzu paketeen eskuzko aukeraketarekin batera, ikus <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageiaren</application> erabilera espezifikoak buruan " +"dutenentzat dago zuzenduta instalazio minimoa, zerbitzari edo lanpostu " +"espezialitatua bezala. Beharbada aukera hau erabiliko duzu paketeen eskuzko " +"aukeraketarekin batera, ikus <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Instalazio mota hau aukeratuz gero, ondoko pantailan osagarri erabilgarri batzuk eskainiko ditu, hala nola, dokumentazioa eta X." +msgstr "" +"Instalazio mota hau aukeratuz gero, ondoko pantailan osagarri erabilgarri " +"batzuk eskainiko ditu, hala nola, dokumentazioa eta X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1727,34 +2159,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Hainbat parametroen laburpena" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1763,7 +2198,10 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX adimentasunez hautatzen ditu ezarpenak zure sistemaren detektatutako hardwarearen arabera. Ezarpenak egiaztatu ahal izango dituzu hemen eta <guibutton>Ezarri</guibutton> sakatu aldatu nahi baduzu." +msgstr "" +"DrakX adimentasunez hautatzen ditu ezarpenak zure sistemaren detektatutako " +"hardwarearen arabera. Ezarpenak egiaztatu ahal izango dituzu hemen eta " +"<guibutton>Ezarri</guibutton> sakatu aldatu nahi baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1779,9 +2217,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Denbora-Eremua</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX ordu eremua hautatutako hizkuntzaren araber aukeratzen duzua. Aldatu nahi baduzu, behar izanez gero, Ikusi ere <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX ordu eremua hautatutako hizkuntzaren araber aukeratzen duzua. Aldatu " +"nahi baduzu, behar izanez gero, Ikusi ere <xref linkend=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1793,7 +2234,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Herrialde/Eskualde</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Aukeratutako herrian ez bazaude, zuk hura zuzentzea garrantzitsua da. Ikus <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Aukeratutako herrian ez bazaude, zuk hura zuzentzea garrantzitsua da. Ikus " +"<xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1824,9 +2267,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Erabiltzaile kudeaketa</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere <literal>/home</literal> direktorioa izango du." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere <literal>/home</" +"literal> direktorioa izango du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1838,14 +2283,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serbitzuak</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Sistema Zerbitzuak atzeko aldean abian dauden programa txikiak aipatzeko (deabru) bezala ezagutzen da. Tresna honek horietako batzuk gaitu edo desgaitzeko aukera ematen dizu." +msgstr "" +"Sistema Zerbitzuak atzeko aldean abian dauden programa txikiak aipatzeko " +"(deabru) bezala ezagutzen da. Tresna honek horietako batzuk gaitu edo " +"desgaitzeko aukera ematen dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Arretaz pentsatu behar duzu hemen ezer aldatu aurretik, hutsegite batek ordenagailuak gaizki funtzionatzea eragin dezake." +msgstr "" +"Arretaz pentsatu behar duzu hemen ezer aldatu aurretik, hutsegite batek " +"ordenagailuak gaizki funtzionatzea eragin dezake." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1867,7 +2317,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teklatua</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Hemen da non teklatuaren antolamendua ezarri edo aldatu ditzakezu, zure kokapena, hizkuntza edo teklatu motaren arabera." +msgstr "" +"Hemen da non teklatuaren antolamendua ezarri edo aldatu ditzakezu, zure " +"kokapena, hizkuntza edo teklatu motaren arabera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1879,7 +2331,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sagua</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak, trackballs, etab " +msgstr "" +"Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak, " +"trackballs, etab " #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1889,10 +2343,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soinu txartela</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Instalatzaileak gidari lehenetsia erabiltzen du, baldin badago. gidari bat baino gehiago dagoenean agertzen da beste bat aukeratzeko aukera soilik, baina bat ere ez dator lehenetsita." +msgstr "" +"Instalatzaileak gidari lehenetsia erabiltzen du, baldin badago. gidari bat " +"baino gehiago dagoenean agertzen da beste bat aukeratzeko aukera soilik, " +"baina bat ere ez dator lehenetsita." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1901,9 +2358,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaze grafikoa</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura dezakezu." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura " +"dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1913,10 +2371,11 @@ msgstr "Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1935,14 +2394,19 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Zure sarea hemen ezarri ditzakezu, baina gidari libre gabeko txartelentzat (nonfree), berrabiarazi ostean egite hobea da, <application>Mageiaren Kontrol Gunean</application>, non-free biltegiak gaituta eduki ondoren." +msgstr "" +"Zure sarea hemen ezarri ditzakezu, baina gidari libre gabeko txartelentzat " +"(nonfree), berrabiarazi ostean egite hobea da, <application>Mageiaren " +"Kontrol Gunean</application>, non-free biltegiak gaituta eduki ondoren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena ezartzen, ikusteko ere." +msgstr "" +"Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena " +"ezartzen, ikusteko ere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1955,14 +2419,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Proxy-zerbitzari batek zure ordenagailuaren eta Interneten arteko bitartekari bat bezala jokatzen du. Sail honek proxy-zerbitzua zure ordenagailuak erabiltzeko ezarpenak jartzeko baimentzen dizu." +msgstr "" +"Proxy-zerbitzari batek zure ordenagailuaren eta Interneten arteko " +"bitartekari bat bezala jokatzen du. Sail honek proxy-zerbitzua zure " +"ordenagailuak erabiltzeko ezarpenak jartzeko baimentzen dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen sartu beharreko parametroak" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen " +"sartu beharreko parametroak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1977,9 +2446,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Segurtasun Maila</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Hemen ezarri daiteke zure ordenagailurako desiratzen duzun segurtasun maila, gehienetan, lehenetsitako ezarpena (Estandarra) egokitzen du erabilera orokorrerako." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Hemen ezarri daiteke zure ordenagailurako desiratzen duzun segurtasun maila, " +"gehienetan, lehenetsitako ezarpena (Estandarra) egokitzen du erabilera " +"orokorrerako." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1996,50 +2468,64 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Suebakia</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Suebaki baten asmoa, zure artxibo garrantzitsuen eta Internetetik dabiltzan asmo txarreko jende ugariren, lapurtzen saia daitezkeen edo zure artxiboak arriskuan jarri dezaketenen artean hesi bat jartzea da." +msgstr "" +"Suebaki baten asmoa, zure artxibo garrantzitsuen eta Internetetik dabiltzan " +"asmo txarreko jende ugariren, lapurtzen saia daitezkeen edo zure artxiboak " +"arriskuan jarri dezaketenen artean hesi bat jartzea da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Aukera itzazu zure sisteman sartu nahi dituzun zerbitzuak. Zure aukeraketa zure ordenagailuan egiten duzun erabileraren mende egongo da." +msgstr "" +"Aukera itzazu zure sisteman sartu nahi dituzun zerbitzuak. Zure aukeraketa " +"zure ordenagailuan egiten duzun erabileraren mende egongo da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan daitekeela." +msgstr "" +"Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan " +"daitekeela." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partizioaren tamaina aldatu" +msgstr "" +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partizioaren " +"tamaina aldatu" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "<application>Windows-en<superscript>®</superscript> </application> partizio bat baino gehiago baduzu, aukeratu zein txikiago egin nahi duzun <application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko tokia egiteko." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"<application>Windows-en<superscript>®</superscript> </application> partizio " +"bat baino gehiago baduzu, aukeratu zein txikiago egin nahi duzun " +"<application>Mageia</application> instalatzeko tokia egiteko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Segurtasun-maila" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2057,7 +2543,9 @@ msgstr "Zuk zer aukeratu ez badakizu, lehenetsitako konfigurazioa utz ezazu." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Instalatu ondoren, beti posible da <guilabel>Segurtasuna</guilabel> Mageia Kontrol Gunean segurtasun ezarpenak aldatzea." +msgstr "" +"Instalatu ondoren, beti posible da <guilabel>Segurtasuna</guilabel> Mageia " +"Kontrol Gunean segurtasun ezarpenak aldatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2080,14 +2568,19 @@ msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Hemen, baliabide bat (plurala: baliabideak) da ISO fitxategi bat Mageia instalatzeko eta/edo eguneratzeko eta hedaduratik onartzen da ISO fitxategia kopiatzen den edozein fisiko sostengatzen du." +msgstr "" +"Hemen, baliabide bat (plurala: baliabideak) da ISO fitxategi bat Mageia " +"instalatzeko eta/edo eguneratzeko eta hedaduratik onartzen da ISO fitxategia " +"kopiatzen den edozein fisiko sostengatzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Aurki ditzakezu <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">hemen</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Aurki ditzakezu <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">hemen</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2100,46 +2593,45 @@ msgstr "Instalazioa Klasiko baliabidea" msgid "Common features" msgstr "Ezaugarri komunak" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "ISO hauek DrakX deituriko Instalatzaile tradizionalak erabilitzen dituzte." +msgstr "" +"ISO hauek DrakX deituriko Instalatzaile tradizionalak erabilitzen dituzte." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio batetatik." +msgstr "" +"Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio " +"batetatik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Tresna batzuk Ongi etorri pantailan eskuragarri daude: Berreskuratze Sistema, Memoria Testa, Hardware hautemate tresna." +msgstr "" +"Tresna batzuk Ongi etorri pantailan eskuragarri daude: Berreskuratze " +"Sistema, Memoria Testa, Hardware hautemate tresna." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "DVD bakoitzak mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntza asko dauka." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2150,30 +2642,30 @@ msgstr "Instalazioa zehar software ez librea gehitzeko aukera izango duzue." msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "arkitektura bikoitzeko DVDa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Arkitektura biak baliabide berean agertzen dira, aukera automatikoki egiten da atzemandako CPU-aren arabera." +msgstr "" +"Arkitektura biak baliabide berean agertzen dira, aukera automatikoki egiten " +"da atzemandako CPU-aren arabera." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Xfce mahaigaina soilik erabiltzen du." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Hizkuntza guztiak ez daude eskuragarri. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) EGIAZTAPENAREN ZAIN!" +msgstr "" +"Hizkuntza guztiak ez daude eskuragarri. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, " +"pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) EGIAZTAPENAREN ZAIN!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Software ez librea dauka." @@ -2183,38 +2675,38 @@ msgstr "Software ez librea dauka." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live baliabidea" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Distribuzioa aurreikusteko HDD baten instalatu gabe, eta aukeran Mageia zure HDD-an instalatzeko erabil daiteke." +msgstr "" +"Distribuzioa aurreikusteko HDD baten instalatu gabe, eta aukeran Mageia zure " +"HDD-an instalatzeko erabil daiteke." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "ISO bakoitzak mahaigain ingurune bakarra (KDE edo GNOME) dauka." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "32 edo 64 biteko arkitektura media ezberdinak." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOak instalazio garbiak sortzeko soilik erabiliko dira, ezin dira aurreko bertsioetatik eguneratzeko erabili.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOak instalazio garbiak sortzeko soilik " +"erabiliko dira, ezin dira aurreko bertsioetatik eguneratzeko erabili.</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Software ez librea dute." @@ -2224,21 +2716,18 @@ msgstr "Software ez librea dute." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "KDE-ren Live CDa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "KDE mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Ingelera hizkuntza soilik" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "32 bit soilik." @@ -2248,8 +2737,7 @@ msgstr "32 bit soilik." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME-ren Live CD-a" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." @@ -2259,8 +2747,7 @@ msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "KDE-ren Live DVD-a" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude." @@ -2275,51 +2762,58 @@ msgstr "GNOME-ren Live DVD-a" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Abioko CD baliabidea soilik" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Bakoitza irudi txiki bat da eta hori drakx instalatzailea abiarazteko beharrezkoa dena baino ez dauke eta drakx-installer-Stage2 eta beharrezkoak diren beste pakete batzuk instalazioa jarraitu eta burutzeko. Pakete hauek PC disko gogorrean egon daiteke, tokiko drive baten, sare lokalean zein Interneten." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Bakoitza irudi txiki bat da eta hori drakx instalatzailea abiarazteko " +"beharrezkoa dena baino ez dauke eta drakx-installer-Stage2 eta beharrezkoak " +"diren beste pakete batzuk instalazioa jarraitu eta burutzeko. Pakete hauek " +"PC disko gogorrean egon daiteke, tokiko drive baten, sare lokalean zein " +"Interneten." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Media hauek oso arinak dira (100 MB baino gutxiago), eta komenigarria denean banda zabalera oso baxua denean DVD oso bat jaisteko, PC bat DVD unitate gabea edo USB batetik ezin abiarazi dezakeen PC bat." +msgstr "" +"Media hauek oso arinak dira (100 MB baino gutxiago), eta komenigarria denean " +"banda zabalera oso baxua denean DVD oso bat jaisteko, PC bat DVD unitate " +"gabea edo USB batetik ezin abiarazi dezakeen PC bat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Software librea dauka soilik, software ez-librea erabiltzeari uko egiten dutenentzat." +msgstr "" +"Software librea dauka soilik, software ez-librea erabiltzeari uko egiten " +"dutenentzat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Software ez-librea (batez gidariak, kodek...) behar duten pertsonentzat dauzka." +msgstr "" +"Software ez-librea (batez gidariak, kodek...) behar duten pertsonentzat " +"dauzka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 @@ -2334,30 +2828,44 @@ msgstr "Deskargatzen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "Behin zuk zure ISO fitxategia aukeratuta, deskargatu dezakezu http edo BitTorrent-a erabiliz. Bi kasuetan, leiho batek informazioren bat ematen dizu zuri, erbilitako ispilua adibidez eta banda-zabalera bada aldatzeko aukera baxu bada. Http aukeratzen baduzu, zuk onen antzeko zerbait ikusi ahal izango duzu" +msgstr "" +"Behin zuk zure ISO fitxategia aukeratuta, deskargatu dezakezu http edo " +"BitTorrent-a erabiliz. Bi kasuetan, leiho batek informazioren bat ematen " +"dizu zuri, erbilitako ispilua adibidez eta banda-zabalera bada aldatzeko " +"aukera baxu bada. Http aukeratzen baduzu, zuk onen antzeko zerbait ikusi " +"ahal izango duzu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum eta sha1sum ISOaren osotasuna egiaztatzeko tresnak dira. Haietako bat soilik erabili. Hamaseitar zenbaki biak algoritmo batek kalkulatzen ditu deskargatutako fitxategitik. Algoritmo hauei eskatzen diezunean zenbaki hau deskargatutako zure fitxategitik birkalkulatzeko, zenbaki bera duzu eta deskargatutako zure fitxategia zuzena da, edo zenbakia desberdina da eta porrota duzu. Porrot batek deskarga birprobatu behar izango zenukeela ondorioztatzen du. Orduan leiho hau agertzen da:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum eta sha1sum ISOaren osotasuna egiaztatzeko tresnak dira. Haietako bat " +"soilik erabili. Hamaseitar zenbaki biak algoritmo batek kalkulatzen ditu " +"deskargatutako fitxategitik. Algoritmo hauei eskatzen diezunean zenbaki hau " +"deskargatutako zure fitxategitik birkalkulatzeko, zenbaki bera duzu eta " +"deskargatutako zure fitxategia zuzena da, edo zenbakia desberdina da eta " +"porrota duzu. Porrot batek deskarga birprobatu behar izango zenukeela " +"ondorioztatzen du. Orduan leiho hau agertzen da:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2382,30 +2890,38 @@ msgstr "Ireki kontsola bat, ez da root izan beharrik, eta:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/" +"the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako " +"zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -2417,7 +2933,10 @@ msgstr "Grabatu edo irauli ISOa" msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "Hautatutako ISOa orain CD edo DVD batean erre daiteke edo USB baten irauli. Eragiketa hauek ez dira kopia sinple bat eta helburua abiatzeko gai den baliabide bat egitea da." +msgstr "" +"Hautatutako ISOa orain CD edo DVD batean erre daiteke edo USB baten irauli. " +"Eragiketa hauek ez dira kopia sinple bat eta helburua abiatzeko gai den " +"baliabide bat egitea da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 @@ -2429,10 +2948,14 @@ msgstr "ISOa CD/DVDan grabatzen" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Erabili edozein erregailu baina ziurtatu nahi duzun grabatzeko gailua ondo dabilela <emphasis role=\"bold\">irudia grabatzeko</emphasis>, grabatutako datuak edo fitxategiak ez dira zuzenak. Informazio gehiago dago<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wikian</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Erabili edozein erregailu baina ziurtatu nahi duzun grabatzeko gailua ondo " +"dabilela <emphasis role=\"bold\">irudia grabatzeko</emphasis>, grabatutako " +"datuak edo fitxategiak ez dira zuzenak. Informazio gehiago dago<link ns4:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wikian</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 @@ -2444,7 +2967,10 @@ msgstr "Irauli ISOa USB baten" msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Mageia ISO guztiak hibridoak dira, horrek esan dezake horiekn USB baten \"isuri\" ditzakezula eta, ondoren, erabili sistema abiarazi eta instalatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Mageia ISO guztiak hibridoak dira, horrek esan dezake horiekn USB baten " +"\"isuri\" ditzakezula eta, ondoren, erabili sistema abiarazi eta " +"instalatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 @@ -2452,12 +2978,17 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "Irudi \"isurketa\" bat flash gailu baten gainean aldez aurreko partizio fitxategi-sistema suntsitzen du; edozein datu galduko dira eta partizio ahalmena irudiaren tamainara murriztuko da." +msgstr "" +"Irudi \"isurketa\" bat flash gailu baten gainean aldez aurreko partizio " +"fitxategi-sistema suntsitzen du; edozein datu galduko dira eta partizio " +"ahalmena irudiaren tamainara murriztuko da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Jatorrizko ahalmena berreskuratzeko, berriro formateatu behar duzu USB makila." +msgstr "" +"Jatorrizko ahalmena berreskuratzeko, berriro formateatu behar duzu USB " +"makila." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 @@ -2467,97 +2998,101 @@ msgstr "Mageia erabiliz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> bezalako tresna grafiko bat erabil dezakezu" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> bezalako " +"tresna grafiko bat erabil dezakezu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "dd kontsola tresna bezala ere erabil dezakezu:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Kontsola bat ireki" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Bihurtu root komando <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu finalean '-')" +msgstr "" +"Bihurtu root komando <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu finalean '-')" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Entxufatu zure USBa (ez muntatu, hau ere esan dezake edozein aplikazio edo fitxategi kudeatzaile ez ireki hori eskuratu eta irakurri, ezin)" +msgstr "" +"Entxufatu zure USBa (ez muntatu, hau ere esan dezake edozein aplikazio edo " +"fitxategi kudeatzaile ez ireki hori eskuratu eta irakurri, ezin)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Idatzi <userinput>fdisk-l</userinput> komandoa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Aurkitu zure USB gailuaren izena (bere tamainaren arabera), adibidez /dev/sdb goiko irudian, 8Go USB-makila." +msgstr "" +"Aurkitu zure USB gailuaren izena (bere tamainaren arabera), adibidez /dev/" +"sdb goiko irudian, 8Go USB-makila." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</" +"userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Non X=zure dispositiboaren izena adibidez: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Adibidez: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Adibidez: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Deskonektatu zure USB, eginda dago" @@ -2582,7 +3117,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -2592,32 +3129,38 @@ msgstr "MAgeia Instalazioa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Urrats hori <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\"> Mageia-ren dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Urrats hori <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\"> Mageia-ren " +"dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Informazio gehiago dago <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wikian eskuragarri</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Informazio gehiago dago <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:" +"Documentation\">Mageia wikian eskuragarri</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Aukeratu zure Herrialdea / Eskualdea" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2625,14 +3168,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Aukeratu herrialdea edo lurraldea. Ezarpen guztientzako garrantzitzua da, hala nola moneta eta haririk gabeko erregulazioa. Okerreko herrialdea ezartzen baduzu, hari gabeko konexioa ezingo duzu erabili." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu herrialdea edo lurraldea. Ezarpen guztientzako garrantzitzua da, " +"hala nola moneta eta haririk gabeko erregulazioa. Okerreko herrialdea " +"ezartzen baduzu, hari gabeko konexioa ezingo duzu erabili." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Zure herrialdea zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guilabel>Beste Herrialdeak</guilabel> eta aukeratu zure herrialde / eskualdea han." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Zure herrialdea zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guilabel>Beste Herrialdeak</" +"guilabel> eta aukeratu zure herrialde / eskualdea han." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2641,7 +3189,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Zure herrialdea <guilabel>Beste Herrialde</guilabel> zerrendan soilik badago, <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> sakatu ondoren lehen zerrendako beste bat hautatuta bezala agertu daiteke. Mesedez, ez egin jaramonik honi, DrakX zure benetako aukera jarraituko du." +msgstr "" +"Zure herrialdea <guilabel>Beste Herrialde</guilabel> zerrendan soilik " +"badago, <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> sakatu ondoren lehen zerrendako beste " +"bat hautatuta bezala agertu daiteke. Mesedez, ez egin jaramonik honi, DrakX " +"zure benetako aukera jarraituko du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2652,14 +3204,24 @@ msgstr "Sarrera metodoa" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "<guilabel>Beste herrialde</guilabel> pantailan metodoa aukera dezakezu lehenik (zerrendaren amaieran) ere. Sarrera-metodoek erabiltzaileei baimentzen diete hizkuntza anizkuneko karaktereak (Txinatar, Japoniar, Korearra, etab.) sartzea. IBus metodoa lehenetsita dago Mageiaren DVD-etan, Afrika/India eta Asia/ez-India Live-CDa. Asiar eta Afrikar kokapenetarako, IBus metodoa sarrera bezala ezarriko da lehenik, erabiltzaileek ez dute eskuz itxuratu behar izango. Beste sarrera metodo batzuk lehenik (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etab.) antzeko funtzioak ere hornitzen dute eta HTTP/FTP baliabideak pakete-aukeraketa baino lehen gehitu bazenituen instalatu daitezke." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Beste herrialde</guilabel> pantailan metodoa aukera dezakezu " +"lehenik (zerrendaren amaieran) ere. Sarrera-metodoek erabiltzaileei " +"baimentzen diete hizkuntza anizkuneko karaktereak (Txinatar, Japoniar, " +"Korearra, etab.) sartzea. IBus metodoa lehenetsita dago Mageiaren DVD-etan, " +"Afrika/India eta Asia/ez-India Live-CDa. Asiar eta Afrikar kokapenetarako, " +"IBus metodoa sarrera bezala ezarriko da lehenik, erabiltzaileek ez dute " +"eskuz itxuratu behar izango. Beste sarrera metodo batzuk lehenik (SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etab.) antzeko funtzioak ere hornitzen dute eta HTTP/FTP " +"baliabideak pakete-aukeraketa baino lehen gehitu bazenituen instalatu " +"daitezke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2667,7 +3229,10 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Ahaztu duzu instalazioan zehar sarrera metodoa konfiguratzea, zure sistema instalatutakoan egin dezakezu, sartu \"Zure ordenagailua konfiguratu\" -> \"Sistema\" edo localdrake root gisa exekutatuz." +msgstr "" +"Ahaztu duzu instalazioan zehar sarrera metodoa konfiguratzea, zure sistema " +"instalatutakoan egin dezakezu, sartu \"Zure ordenagailua konfiguratu\" -> " +"\"Sistema\" edo localdrake root gisa exekutatuz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2677,9 +3242,11 @@ msgstr "Instalatu edo Berritu" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2690,7 +3257,9 @@ msgstr "Instalatu" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko baterako." +msgstr "" +"Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko " +"baterako." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2703,7 +3272,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> bertsio bat edo gehiago instalaturik baduzu zure siteman, instalatzaileak haietako bat azken bertiora eguneratzea utziko dizu." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application> bertsio bat edo gehiago instalaturik " +"baduzu zure siteman, instalatzaileak haietako bat azken bertiora eguneratzea " +"utziko dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2711,31 +3283,47 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Gaurkotzearen testatzea soilik egin da oraindik instalatzailearen bertsio hau bota <emphasis>zenean jasanda zegoen</emphasis> Mageia-ko aurreko bertsiotik. Mageia-ko euskarri-amaierara jada heldu den bertsioa eguneratu nahi baduzu, zure <literal>/home</literal> partizioa babestuz instalazio garbia egitea hobea da." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Gaurkotzearen testatzea soilik egin da oraindik instalatzailearen bertsio " +"hau bota <emphasis>zenean jasanda zegoen</emphasis> Mageia-ko aurreko " +"bertsiotik. Mageia-ko euskarri-amaierara jada heldu den bertsioa eguneratu " +"nahi baduzu, zure <literal>/home</literal> partizioa babestuz instalazio " +"garbia egitea hobea da." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Instalazioan zehar instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu, berrastea posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat formateatu denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure ordenagailua ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema erabilezinarekin utz dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu, terminalera sar zaitez <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. Gero, <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Instalazioan zehar instalazioa gelditzea erabakitzen baduzu, berrastea " +"posiblea da, baina bi aldiz pentsa ezazu. Behin partizio bat formateatu " +"denez gero edo behin eguneratzeak jartzen hasi direnean, zure ordenagailua " +"ez da egoera berean izango eta berrabiarazteak sistema erabilezinarekin utz " +"dezake. Hala ere, berrastea erabakitzen baduzu, terminalera sar zaitez " +"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. Gero, <guilabel>Alt " +"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Zuk konturatu bazara hizkuntza gehigarri bat aukeratzea ahaztu duzula, \"Instalatu edo Eguneratu\" pantailatik itzuli zaitezke hizkuntza aukeretara <guilabel>Ctrl Alt Hasi</guilabel> sakatuz. <emphasis>Ez</emphasis> egin hau instalazioan zehar." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Zuk konturatu bazara hizkuntza gehigarri bat aukeratzea ahaztu duzula, " +"\"Instalatu edo Eguneratu\" pantailatik itzuli zaitezke hizkuntza aukeretara " +"<guilabel>Ctrl Alt Hasi</guilabel> sakatuz. <emphasis>Ez</emphasis> egin hau " +"instalazioan zehar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2747,43 +3335,59 @@ msgstr "Teklatua" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX zure hizkuntzarako teklatu egokia hautatuko du. Teklatu bateragarria ez bada aurkitzen, Amerikar teklatua aukeratuko da." +msgstr "" +"DrakX zure hizkuntzarako teklatu egokia hautatuko du. Teklatu bateragarria " +"ez bada aurkitzen, Amerikar teklatua aukeratuko da." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Ziurtatu aukeraketa zuzena edo hautatu beste teklatu diseinu bat. Ez badakizu zein den zure teklatuaren diseinu zuzena, zure sistemarekin batera datozen zehaztapenak begiratu edo zure saltokian galdetu. Bada, beharbada, zure teklatua identifikatzen duen etiketa bat izango du. Hemen ere begiratu dezakezu: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ziurtatu aukeraketa zuzena edo hautatu beste teklatu diseinu bat. Ez " +"badakizu zein den zure teklatuaren diseinu zuzena, zure sistemarekin batera " +"datozen zehaztapenak begiratu edo zure saltokian galdetu. Bada, beharbada, " +"zure teklatua identifikatzen duen etiketa bat izango du. Hemen ere begiratu " +"dezakezu: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci" +"%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Zure teklatua zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton> zerrenda bat bistaratzeko, eta ondoren hautatu zure teklatua." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Zure teklatua zerrendan ez badago, sakatu <guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton> " +"zerrenda bat bistaratzeko, eta ondoren hautatu zure teklatua." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "<guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton> Leihotik teklatu bat hautatu ondoren, instalatzailea lehenengo teklatu hautapen leihora itzuliko da, eta zerrendatik teklatu bat aukeratu duzula irudituko da. Anomalia hau alde batera utzi dezakezu, eta instalazioarekin jarraitu, zure teklatua zerrenda osotik aukeratutakoa da." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Gehiago</guibutton> Leihotik teklatu bat hautatu ondoren, " +"instalatzailea lehenengo teklatu hautapen leihora itzuliko da, eta " +"zerrendatik teklatu bat aukeratu duzula irudituko da. Anomalia hau alde " +"batera utzi dezakezu, eta instalazioarekin jarraitu, zure teklatua zerrenda " +"osotik aukeratutakoa da." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2791,7 +3395,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Ez-Latin karakteretan oinarritutako teklatua hautatzen baduzu, pantaila gehigarri bat agertuko da eskatuz nola nahiago duzu Latin eta Latin ez diren xedapen artean aldatzeko." +msgstr "" +"Ez-Latin karakteretan oinarritutako teklatua hautatzen baduzu, pantaila " +"gehigarri bat agertuko da eskatuz nola nahiago duzu Latin eta Latin ez diren " +"xedapen artean aldatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2804,38 +3411,52 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Zure hizkuntza gogokoena aukeratu zure kontinenteko zerrenda luzatzen. <application>Mageia</application> aukeraketa hori erabiliko da instalazioan zehar eta instalatutako sisteman." +msgstr "" +"Zure hizkuntza gogokoena aukeratu zure kontinenteko zerrenda luzatzen. " +"<application>Mageia</application> aukeraketa hori erabiliko da instalazioan " +"zehar eta instalatutako sisteman." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Zuretzat edo beste erabiltzaile batzuentzat hainbat hizkuntza instalaturik behar izanez gero <guibutton>Hizkuntza anitzeko</guibutton> botoia erabili orain gehitzeko. Instalakuntza amaitutakoan hizkuntzak gehitzea zailagoa izan daiteke." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Zuretzat edo beste erabiltzaile batzuentzat hainbat hizkuntza instalaturik " +"behar izanez gero <guibutton>Hizkuntza anitzeko</guibutton> botoia erabili " +"orain gehitzeko. Instalakuntza amaitutakoan hizkuntzak gehitzea zailagoa " +"izan daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Hizkuntza bat baino gehiago aukeratzen bada ere, lehen pantailan nahiago izandako zure hizkuntza lehena aukeratu behar duzu. Gainera, hainbat hizkuntzatako aukera pantailan markatuta egongo da." +msgstr "" +"Hizkuntza bat baino gehiago aukeratzen bada ere, lehen pantailan nahiago " +"izandako zure hizkuntza lehena aukeratu behar duzu. Gainera, hainbat " +"hizkuntzatako aukera pantailan markatuta egongo da." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan, komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea." +msgstr "" +"Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan, " +"komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2843,52 +3464,68 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia UTF-8 euskarri (Unicode) lehenetsia darabil. \"hainbat hizkuntza\" pantailan ezgaitu daiteke zure hizkuntzarekin funtzionatzen ez duela baldin badakizu. Ezgaitzen baduzu, ez da eskuragarri egongo instalatutako inongo hizkuntzatarako." +msgstr "" +"Mageia UTF-8 euskarri (Unicode) lehenetsia darabil. \"hainbat hizkuntza\" " +"pantailan ezgaitu daiteke zure hizkuntzarekin funtzionatzen ez duela baldin " +"badakizu. Ezgaitzen baduzu, ez da eskuragarri egongo instalatutako inongo " +"hizkuntzatarako." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Zure sistemako hizkuntza alda dezakezu Mageia Kontrol Gunean instalazioa egin ondoren --> Sistema --> kudeatu zure sistemaren kokalekua." +msgstr "" +"Zure sistemako hizkuntza alda dezakezu Mageia Kontrol Gunean instalazioa " +"egin ondoren --> Sistema --> kudeatu zure sistemaren kokalekua." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Aukeratu sagua" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Ez bazaude pozik zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu ahal izango duzu." +msgstr "" +"Ez bazaude pozik zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu " +"ahal izango duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB " +"sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Aukeratu <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Behartu evdev</guilabel> lan egiten ez duten sei botoi edo gehiagoko saguaren botoiak konfiguratzen.Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o más botones." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Behartu evdev</" +"guilabel> lan egiten ez duten sei botoi edo gehiagoko saguaren botoiak " +"konfiguratzen.Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar " +"evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de " +"seis o más botones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2898,10 +3535,13 @@ msgstr "Gegitu edo Aldatu Abio Menuko Sarrera" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2909,84 +3549,106 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Sarrera lehen aukera gehitu edo alda dezakezu, beharrezko botoia sakatuz <emphasis>Abioko Ezarpen</emphasis>etan eta goian agertzen den leihoan aukerak aldatzen." +msgstr "" +"Sarrera lehen aukera gehitu edo alda dezakezu, beharrezko botoia sakatuz " +"<emphasis>Abioko Ezarpen</emphasis>etan eta goian agertzen den leihoan " +"aukerak aldatzen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "<code>Grub 2</code> zure abioko kargatzaile bezala aukeratu baduzu, tresna hau ezin duzu erabili sarrerak aldatzeko urrats honetan, sakatu 'Hurrengoa'. <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> eskuz editatu edo ordez <code>grub-customizer</code> erabili behar duzu." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"<code>Grub 2</code> zure abioko kargatzaile bezala aukeratu baduzu, tresna " +"hau ezin duzu erabili sarrerak aldatzeko urrats honetan, sakatu 'Hurrengoa'. " +"<code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> eskuz editatu edo ordez <code>grub-" +"customizer</code> erabili behar duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Segurtasunez egin daitezkeen gauza batzuk sarrera bati etiketa aldatza eta lehenetsi gisa markatzea." +msgstr "" +"Segurtasunez egin daitezkeen gauza batzuk sarrera bati etiketa aldatza eta " +"lehenetsi gisa markatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Sarrera bat bertsio-multzo egokia gehi dezakezu, edo erabat berrizendatu." +msgstr "" +"Sarrera bat bertsio-multzo egokia gehi dezakezu, edo erabat berrizendatu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Lehenetsitako sarrera bat du sistemak ez baduzu aukera bat egiten abiarazteko honetan sartu eta abiaraziko da." +msgstr "" +"Lehenetsitako sarrera bat du sistemak ez baduzu aukera bat egiten " +"abiarazteko honetan sartu eta abiaraziko da." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Beste gauza batzuk aldatzeak zure sistema ez abiaraztea egin dezake. Mesedez ez egin ezer ere ez, zertan ari zaren jakin gabe." +msgstr "" +"Beste gauza batzuk aldatzeak zure sistema ez abiaraztea egin dezake. Mesedez " +"ez egin ezer ere ez, zertan ari zaren jakin gabe." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Abio zamatzailearen aukera nagusiak" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Instalatzaileak automatikoki aukeratutako abio kargatzaile ezarpen ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Instalatzaileak automatikoki aukeratutako abio kargatzaile ezarpen " +"ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Dagoeneko beste sistema eragile bat duzu zure makinan, eta kasu horretan Mageia zure abio kargatzailera gehitu , edo baimendu Mageia berri bat sortzea erabaki behar duzu." +msgstr "" +"Dagoeneko beste sistema eragile bat duzu zure makinan, eta kasu horretan " +"Mageia zure abio kargatzailera gehitu , edo baimendu Mageia berri bat " +"sortzea erabaki behar duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3005,14 +3667,19 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Berez, mageia GRUB kargatzailea berria zure disko gogorreko MBR (Master Boot Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino gehiago badituzu, mageia saiatuko da abio menu berriak gehitzen." +msgstr "" +"Berez, mageia GRUB kargatzailea berria zure disko gogorreko MBR (Master Boot " +"Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino gehiago " +"badituzu, mageia saiatuko da abio menu berriak gehitzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia gaur egun GRUB2 eskaintzen GRUB ondarea eta Lilo gain aukerako abioko kargatzailea gisa." +msgstr "" +"Mageia gaur egun GRUB2 eskaintzen GRUB ondarea eta Lilo gain aukerako abioko " +"kargatzailea gisa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3020,14 +3687,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Linux sistemek Grub2 abioko kargatzailea erabiltzerakoan ez daude onartutsa GRUB gaitik eta ez du aitortzen lehenetsitako GRUB kargatzailea erabiltzen badu." +msgstr "" +"Linux sistemek Grub2 abioko kargatzailea erabiltzerakoan ez daude onartutsa " +"GRUB gaitik eta ez du aitortzen lehenetsitako GRUB kargatzailea erabiltzen " +"badu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Instalazioan orrialdean zehar laburpena eskuragarri duen GRUB2 abio kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena." +msgstr "" +"Instalazioan orrialdean zehar laburpena eskuragarri duen GRUB2 abio " +"kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3038,18 +3710,25 @@ msgstr "Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabiliz" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabili nahi baduzu, instalazioan zehar gogoratu beharko duzu de laburpen orrian GERATZEA eta sakatu Abio Kargatzailearen <guibutton>Ezarpen</guibutton> botoia, abio kargatzailearen instalazio tokia aldatzen utziko dizu." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabili nahi baduzu, instalazioan zehar " +"gogoratu beharko duzu de laburpen orrian GERATZEA eta sakatu Abio " +"Kargatzailearen <guibutton>Ezarpen</guibutton> botoia, abio kargatzailearen " +"instalazio tokia aldatzen utziko dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Ez ezazu aukeratu \"sda\" bezalako gailu bat, edo MBR existentea gainidatziko du. Zatiketa fasean zehar aukeratutako root partizioa aukeratu behar duzu, adibidez sda7 bezala." +msgstr "" +"Ez ezazu aukeratu \"sda\" bezalako gailu bat, edo MBR existentea " +"gainidatziko du. Zatiketa fasean zehar aukeratutako root partizioa aukeratu " +"behar duzu, adibidez sda7 bezala." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3060,19 +3739,26 @@ msgstr "Argi izan, sda gailu bat, sda7 gailuaren partizio bat da." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "tty2-ra joan Ctrl+Alt+F2 sakatus eta idatzi <literal>df</literal> zure <literal>/</literal> (root) partizioa non dagoen egiaztatzeko. Ctrl+Alt+F7 instalatzailera itzuliarazten dizu." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"tty2-ra joan Ctrl+Alt+F2 sakatus eta idatzi <literal>df</literal> zure " +"<literal>/</literal> (root) partizioa non dagoen egiaztatzeko. Ctrl+Alt+F7 " +"instalatzailera itzuliarazten dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Zure Mageia sistema erabilea existitzen den abiarazlera gehitzeko prozedura zehatza eskuliburu honen esparrutik kanpo dago, baina normalean abio kargatzaile instalazioak antzeman eta gehitu beharko luke. Ikusi kasuko sistema eragilearen dokumentazioa." +msgstr "" +"Zure Mageia sistema erabilea existitzen den abiarazlera gehitzeko prozedura " +"zehatza eskuliburu honen esparrutik kanpo dago, baina normalean abio " +"kargatzaile instalazioak antzeman eta gehitu beharko luke. Ikusi kasuko " +"sistema eragilearen dokumentazioa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3083,66 +3769,77 @@ msgstr "Abioko kargatzailearen aukera aurreratuak" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "<literal>/tmp</literal> duen <literal>/</literal> partizioarentzat toki gutxi baldin baduzu, klikatu <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guilabel>/tmp abio bakoitzean garbitu</guilabel> laukia marka ezazu. Honek toki libre apur bat mantentzen laguntzen du." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"<literal>/tmp</literal> duen <literal>/</literal> partizioarentzat toki " +"gutxi baldin baduzu, klikatu <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta " +"<guilabel>/tmp abio bakoitzean garbitu</guilabel> laukia marka ezazu. Honek " +"toki libre apur bat mantentzen laguntzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI konfiguratu" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX normalean zuzentasunez atzematen ditu disko gogorrak. SCSI kontrolagailu zahar batzuekin ezin izango du gidari zuzenak erabiltzeko detektatu eta huts egin dezake disko gogorra aitortu nahian." +msgstr "" +"DrakX normalean zuzentasunez atzematen ditu disko gogorrak. SCSI " +"kontrolagailu zahar batzuekin ezin izango du gidari zuzenak erabiltzeko " +"detektatu eta huts egin dezake disko gogorra aitortu nahian." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI disko(ak)." +msgstr "" +"Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI " +"disko(ak)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke." +msgstr "" +"Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Soinu Konfiguraketa" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3150,7 +3847,10 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "Pantaila honetan instalatzailea zure soinu txartela duen kontrolatzailearen izena erabiltzen da, zein lehenetsitako kontrolatzailea izango da lehenespen bat baduzu." +msgstr "" +"Pantaila honetan instalatzailea zure soinu txartela duen kontrolatzailearen " +"izena erabiltzen da, zein lehenetsitako kontrolatzailea izango da lehenespen " +"bat baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3160,16 +3860,23 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Gidari lehenetsia ongi ibili beharko luke. Hala ere, instalazioa egin ondoren arazoak badaude, exekutatu <command>draksound</command> edo tresna hau abiarazi MCC-tik (Mageia Kontrol Gunea), <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> etiketea auketatzzen eta <guilabel>Soinua Konfiguratu</guilabel>n klik egiten pantailaren goiko eskuineko izkinan." +msgstr "" +"Gidari lehenetsia ongi ibili beharko luke. Hala ere, instalazioa egin " +"ondoren arazoak badaude, exekutatu <command>draksound</command> edo tresna " +"hau abiarazi MCC-tik (Mageia Kontrol Gunea), <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " +"etiketea auketatzzen eta <guilabel>Soinua Konfiguratu</guilabel>n klik " +"egiten pantailaren goiko eskuineko izkinan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Orduan, draksound-en \"Soinua Konfiguratu\" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen konponketa</guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria aurkitzeko." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Orduan, draksound-en \"Soinua Konfiguratu\" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik " +"<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen konponketa</" +"guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria aurkitzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3182,33 +3889,40 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila instalazio honetan zehar, erabilgarria da ez kontrolatzaile lehenetsia ez eta asko eskuragarri badago , edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu duela uste baduzu." +msgstr "" +"Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila instalazio honetan " +"zehar, erabilgarria da ez kontrolatzaile lehenetsia ez eta asko eskuragarri " +"badago , edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu duela uste " +"baduzu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari hautatu</guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu." +msgstr "" +"Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari hautatu</" +"guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Baieztatzeko formateatu beharreko disko gogorra" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3220,9 +3934,12 @@ msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Aurreko</guibutton>ziur ez bazaude zure aukeraz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>Ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak ezabatu nahi dituzual, sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu guztiak." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>Ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak " +"ezabatu nahi dituzual, sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu " +"guztiak." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3240,34 +3957,50 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Mageia konbentzituko ez balizu edo ezin baduzu behar bezala instalatu, azken finean kenu nahi duzu. Hori zure eskubidea da eta Mageiak ere aukera ematen dizu ezabatzeko. Hau ez da egia sistema eragile guztietan." +msgstr "" +"Mageia konbentzituko ez balizu edo ezin baduzu behar bezala instalatu, azken " +"finean kenu nahi duzu. Hori zure eskubidea da eta Mageiak ere aukera ematen " +"dizu ezabatzeko. Hau ez da egia sistema eragile guztietan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "Datuaen babeskopiaren ondoren, berrabiatu zure Mageia DVD instalazioa eta hautatu Erreskate sistema, orduan, Leheneratu Windows abioko kargatzailea. Hurrengo abioan, zuk soilik Windows aukerarik gabe izango duzu zure sistema eragilea aukeratzeko." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"Datuaen babeskopiaren ondoren, berrabiatu zure Mageia DVD instalazioa eta " +"hautatu Erreskate sistema, orduan, Leheneratu Windows abioko kargatzailea. " +"Hurrengo abioan, zuk soilik Windows aukerarik gabe izango duzu zure sistema " +"eragilea aukeratzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Windows-en Mageiak erabilitako partizio espazioa berreskuratzeko, sakatu <code>Hasi -> Kontrol-panela -> Administrazio-tresnak -> Ordenagailu Kudeaketa -> Biltegiratzea -> Disko Kudeaketa</code> partizio kudeaketan sartzeko. Mageiaren partizioa ezagutu egingo duzu <guilabel>ezezaguna</guilabel> etiketatu delako , eta, gainera, bere tamaina eta diskoan duen lekuaren arabera. Eskuinez klikatu partizio horietako bakoitzaren gainean eta hautatu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton>. Espazioa libratuko da." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Windows-en Mageiak erabilitako partizio espazioa berreskuratzeko, sakatu " +"<code>Hasi -> Kontrol-panela -> Administrazio-tresnak -> Ordenagailu " +"Kudeaketa -> Biltegiratzea -> Disko Kudeaketa</code> partizio kudeaketan " +"sartzeko. Mageiaren partizioa ezagutu egingo duzu <guilabel>ezezaguna</" +"guilabel> etiketatu delako , eta, gainera, bere tamaina eta diskoan duen " +"lekuaren arabera. Eskuinez klikatu partizio horietako bakoitzaren gainean " +"eta hautatu <guibutton>Ezabatu</guibutton>. Espazioa libratuko da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Windows XP erabiltzen ari bazara, partizio berri bat sor dezakezu eta (FAT32 edo NTFS) formatua eman. Partizioa letra bat jasoko du." +msgstr "" +"Windows XP erabiltzen ari bazara, partizio berri bat sor dezakezu eta (FAT32 " +"edo NTFS) formatua eman. Partizioa letra bat jasoko du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3275,6 +4008,11 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Vista edo 7 badaukazu, aukera bat gehiago duzu, liberatutako espazioaren ezkerretara dagoen partizio existentea heda dezake. Beste partizio tresnak erabili daitezke, hala nola, GParted bezalakoak, Windows eta Linux-en eskuragarri daudenak. Beti bezala, partizioak aldatzean, kontu haundiz ibili, eta ziurtatu gauza garrantzitsu guztiak babestuta edukitzea." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Vista edo 7 badaukazu, aukera bat gehiago duzu, liberatutako espazioaren " +"ezkerretara dagoen partizio existentea heda dezake. Beste partizio tresnak " +"erabili daitezke, hala nola, GParted bezalakoak, Windows eta Linux-en " +"eskuragarri daudenak. Beti bezala, partizioak aldatzean, kontu haundiz " +"ibili, eta ziurtatu gauza garrantzitsu guztiak babestuta edukitzea." diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/eu/DrakX.xml index dfd5450f..0b642e41 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eu/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eu/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien araberakoa izango da.</para> </note></para> - <para>Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index a50e355c..6649e7be 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -1,11 +1,13 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Rémi Verschelde <akien@mageia.org>, 2014 +# Antoine Dumondel, 2015 # Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013 -# Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013-2014 +# Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013-2015 +# Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2015 # Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2013 # Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>, 2013 # papoteur, 2013 @@ -17,14 +19,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-16 04:00+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"fr/)\n" -"Language: fr\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-18 21:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>\n" +"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -35,12 +36,9 @@ msgstr "Licence et Notes de version" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -50,40 +48,31 @@ msgstr "Accord de Licence" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les " -"termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>" +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution " -"<application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir " -"continuer." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution <application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir continuer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis " -"cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>." +msgstr "Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous " -"remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> " -"redémarrera votre ordinateur." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> redémarrera votre ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -95,10 +84,7 @@ msgstr "Notes de version" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de " -"<application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de " -"version.</guibutton>" +msgstr "Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de version.</guibutton>" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -109,35 +95,29 @@ msgstr "fr" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "" -"Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)" +msgstr "Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-" -"im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible " -"d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique " -"ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages " -"seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes." +msgstr "Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -157,39 +137,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). " -"Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les " -"dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update. Avec " -"l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS." +msgstr "Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update. Avec l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestion de l'Utilisateur et du Superutilisateur" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -201,31 +180,20 @@ msgstr "Définir le mot de passe Administrateur (Root) :" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de " -"passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de " -"passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, " -"le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en " -"fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de " -"passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-" -"dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez " -"fait une erreur de saisie." +msgstr "Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez fait une erreur de saisie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé " -"d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et " -"autres caractères." +msgstr "Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et autres caractères." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -238,40 +206,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur " -"(root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser " -"les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses " -"habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC." +msgstr "Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur (root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez " -"l'icône de l'utilisateur." +msgstr "<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez l'icône de l'utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de " -"l'utilisateur." +msgstr "<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de l'utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant " -"de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. " -"<emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. <emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -279,32 +236,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot " -"de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui " -"indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/" -">)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: inscrire à nouveau le mot " -"de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi " -"dans les deux champs." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: inscrire à nouveau le mot de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi dans les deux champs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire " -"personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais " -"protégé en écriture." +msgstr "Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais protégé en écriture." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -312,20 +259,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de " -"Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en " -"lecture pour les autres utilisateurs." +msgstr "Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en lecture pour les autres utilisateurs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de " -"créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel " -"utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée." +msgstr "Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -333,16 +274,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez " -"les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de " -"l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>." +msgstr "Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation." +msgstr "Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -355,10 +292,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet " -"écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De " -"plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité." +msgstr "En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -366,11 +300,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</" -"emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la " -"déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé " -"USB." +msgstr "Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -378,11 +308,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: il est possible ici " -"d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un " -"invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus " -"restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire." +msgstr "<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: il est possible ici d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -390,10 +316,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de " -"choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les " -"choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -401,48 +324,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de " -"l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien " -"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe. Il s'agit " -"encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien " -"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe. Il s'agit encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Choix des points de montage" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -450,64 +367,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre " -"ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de " -"<application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de " -"montage." +msgstr "Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de <application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de montage." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Quoi que vous changiez, assurez-vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE " -"partition <literal>/</literal> (appelée la Racine)." +msgstr "Quoi que vous changiez, assurez-vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE partition <literal>/</literal> (appelée la Racine)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", " -"\"Point de montage\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", \"Point de montage\", \"Type\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du " -"disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points " -"de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/" -"home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses " -"propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une " -"partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour " -"la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le " -"champ point de montage en blanc." +msgstr "Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le champ point de montage en blanc." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -515,22 +414,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</" -"guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</" -"guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son " -"type et sa taille." +msgstr "Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son type et sa taille." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur " -"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement " -"formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -540,11 +432,9 @@ msgstr "Sélection du bureau" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent " -"apparaître pour préciser les choix." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent apparaître pour préciser les choix." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -552,19 +442,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant " -"l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton " -"<guilabel>Détails</guilabel>" +msgstr "Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton <guilabel>Détails</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -576,30 +461,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou " -"<application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent " -"un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher " -"<guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les " -"deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut " -"pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger " -"que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de " -"paquetages installés par défaut." +msgstr "Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher <guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de paquetages installés par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Sélection du groupe de paquetages" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -608,11 +484,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est " -"nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, " -"des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans " -"l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole." +msgstr "Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -634,92 +506,74 @@ msgstr "Environnement graphique" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter " -"ou retirer manuellement des paquetages." +msgstr "Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter ou retirer manuellement des paquetages." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications " -"sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Choisir individuellement des paquetages" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour " -"personnaliser l'installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour personnaliser l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</" -"guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il " -"est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB). Utiliser alors ce " -"fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre " -"système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en " -"choisissant de charger le fichier." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB). Utiliser alors ce fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en choisissant de charger le fichier." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurer les Services" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage " -"du système." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage du système." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le " -"déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -731,9 +585,7 @@ msgstr "Les choix réalisés par DrakX sont généralement les bons." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont " -"disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous." +msgstr "Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -745,45 +597,36 @@ msgstr "Ne modifier quelque chose qu'avec la certitude de bien faire." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configurer le fuseau horaire" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche " -"dans le même fuseau." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche dans le même fuseau." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure " -"locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent " -"tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)." +msgstr "En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -793,31 +636,24 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un serveur d'affichage (serveur X)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes " -"graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel." +msgstr "L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si " -"vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :" +msgstr "Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -840,10 +676,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle " -"n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez " -"espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." +msgstr "Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -851,20 +684,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes " -"génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à " -"votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> " -"qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes." +msgstr "La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le " -"pilote sélectionné est inadapté." +msgstr "Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le pilote sélectionné est inadapté." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -872,36 +699,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte " -"et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\"." -"Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites " -"Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia." +msgstr "Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\".Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y " -"accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage." +msgstr "Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuration de X, de la carte graphique et du moniteur" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -910,30 +731,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) " -"choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est " -"basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</" -"acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le " -"fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, " -"<acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les " -"paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir " -"les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine " -"rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, " -"choisir la carte dans la liste." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, choisir la carte dans la liste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -943,28 +753,19 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le " -"moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des " -"<guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> " -"en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de " -"rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des <guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "" -"Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects." +msgstr "Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la " -"résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -972,29 +773,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît " -"pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de " -"cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question " -"apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils " -"seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va " -"réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le " -"test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, " -"redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider " -"ou d'invalider différentes options." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider ou d'invalider différentes options." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -1006,9 +797,7 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un moniteur" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, " -"votre matériel est bien identifié." +msgstr "DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, votre matériel est bien identifié." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1017,22 +806,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au " -"matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier " -"les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En " -"cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel." +msgstr "<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1043,15 +825,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personnalisé</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la " -"fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation " -"horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle " -"fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation " -"horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1060,12 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les " -"spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre " -"moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous " -"devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation " -"de votre matériel." +msgstr "Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation de votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1077,9 +849,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de " -"moniteur à partir de la base de données." +msgstr "C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de moniteur à partir de la base de données." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1091,10 +861,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendeur</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous " -"connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence " -"en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :" +msgstr "Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1115,17 +882,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Générique</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations " -"d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels " -"qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous " -"utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique " -"ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être " -"prudent dans vos choix." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être prudent dans vos choix." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1135,65 +896,47 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord " -"s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. " -"La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le " -"système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." +msgstr "Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Définir ici la disposition du(es) disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de " -"supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une " -"partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant " -"de démarrer." +msgstr "Définir ici la disposition du(es) disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant de démarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre " -"périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc " -"s'ils sont trois." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc s'ils sont trois." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour " -"supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. " -"Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, " -"la redimensionner ou la supprimer." +msgstr "Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, la redimensionner ou la supprimer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1216,28 +959,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions " -"faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où " -"installer <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où installer <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du " -"contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier." +msgstr "Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1249,9 +985,7 @@ msgstr "Utiliser les partitions existantes" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux " -"ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia." +msgstr "Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1261,11 +995,9 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option " -"l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1275,11 +1007,9 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre sur une partition Microsoft Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, " -"l'installateur propose de l'utiliser." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, l'installateur propose de l'utiliser." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1287,10 +1017,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation " -"de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous " -"assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants." +msgstr "Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1301,14 +1028,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit " -"être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté " -"lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée " -"également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la " -"partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est " -"fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au " -"préalable." +msgstr "Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au préalable." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1323,9 +1043,7 @@ msgstr "Cette option utilise le disque complet pour Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. " -"Faites attention !" +msgstr "Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. Faites attention !" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1333,10 +1051,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, " -"ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être " -"perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option." +msgstr "Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1346,11 +1061,9 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement de disque personnalisé" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre " -"installation sur le(s) disque(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre installation sur le(s) disque(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1359,18 +1072,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 " -"octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets. En raison d'un manque de " -"matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur " -"n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques. Des disques SSD utilisent aussi " -"maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo. Nous vous suggérons de " -"partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de " -"partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration " -"suivante :" +msgstr "Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets. En raison d'un manque de matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques. Des disques SSD utilisent aussi maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo. Nous vous suggérons de partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration suivante :" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1386,9 +1091,7 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair " -"de Mo." +msgstr "Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair de Mo." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1405,7 +1108,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Février 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1428,13 +1132,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après " -"apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que " -"vous faites." +msgstr "Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que vous faites." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1445,84 +1146,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la " -"licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider " -"à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://" -"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Félicitations" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont " -"terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation " -"et de redémarrer l'ordinateur." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation et de redémarrer l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation " -"présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans " -"l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, " -"l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée." +msgstr "Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1534,56 +1215,43 @@ msgstr "Prenez plaisir !" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à " -"Mageia." +msgstr "Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatage" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Choisir ici quelle(s) partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données " -"présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront " -"préservées." +msgstr "Choisir ici quelle(s) partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront préservées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être " -"formatées." +msgstr "Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être formatées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où " -"l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</" -"emphasis>" +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1592,21 +1260,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</" -"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à " -"l'écran principal. Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu " -"des partitions." +msgstr "Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à l'écran principal. Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu des partitions." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1619,20 +1280,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, " -"l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la " -"mise à jour aussi aisée que possible." +msgstr "Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la mise à jour aussi aisée que possible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par " -"défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la " -"plupart du temps ." +msgstr "L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la plupart du temps ." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1647,17 +1302,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" -"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :" +msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1668,51 +1321,38 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" -"A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences " -"personnelles :" +msgstr "A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences personnelles :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être " -"différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2" +msgstr "Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur " -"la touche Entrée." +msgstr "Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur la touche Entrée." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD " -"\"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le " -"<guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</" -"guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD \"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le <guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1721,10 +1361,8 @@ msgstr "Modifiez la résolution de l'écran en pressant la touche F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1737,11 +1375,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en " -"utilisant l'une des options spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 " -"affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée <guilabel>Options de démarrage</" -"guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :" +msgstr "Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en utilisant l'une des options spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1753,37 +1387,28 @@ msgstr "- par défaut. Cela ne modifie rien dans les options par défaut." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au " -"détriment performances." +msgstr "- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au détriment performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de " -"l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte." +msgstr "- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne " -"concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez " -"cette option uniquement si on vous le demande." +msgstr "- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez cette option uniquement si on vous le demande." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par " -"défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>." +msgstr "Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1791,18 +1416,12 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées " -"sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne " -"<guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises " -"en compte." +msgstr "Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1815,18 +1434,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options " -"disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis " -"pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement " -"Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil." +msgstr "Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1835,46 +1448,34 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" -"La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou " -"sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> " -"pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées " -"manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>." +msgstr "La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "" -"L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2." +msgstr "L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par " -"le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :" +msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont " -"décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD " -"d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." -"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1884,11 +1485,9 @@ msgstr "Le clavier est Américain." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1898,30 +1497,24 @@ msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être " -"suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour " -"présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options " -"supplémentaires moins communes." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options supplémentaires moins communes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui " -"apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." +msgstr "La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1931,19 +1524,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " -"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " -"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " -"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " -"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " -"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " -"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " -"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " -"pour redémarrer." +msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1955,33 +1539,25 @@ msgstr "Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Pas d'interface graphique" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. " -"Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. " -"Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à " -"l'invite." +msgstr "Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à l'invite." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être " -"impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode " -"texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier " -"écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le " -"mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez " -"l'installation en mode texte." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez l'installation en mode texte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1996,12 +1572,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir " -"d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection " -"automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement. Pour tenter " -"cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée " -"avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." +msgstr "Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement. Pour tenter cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -2013,14 +1584,9 @@ msgstr "Problème de mémoire vive" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut " -"détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la " -"spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx " -"est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour " -"spécifier 256Mo de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour spécifier 256Mo de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -2033,44 +1599,39 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un " -"format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est " -"impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format " -"primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/" -"en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Mises à jour" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, " -"un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés." +msgstr "Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2078,10 +1639,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les " -"installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez " -"pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet" +msgstr "Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2093,73 +1651,55 @@ msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Sélection des média (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du " -"média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine " -"quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes " -"suivantes." +msgstr "Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes suivantes." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base " -"de la distribution." +msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base de la distribution." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont " -"gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel " -"soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par " -"exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes " -"graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc." +msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous " -"licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce " -"dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans " -"certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution " -"de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour " -"jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2170,12 +1710,9 @@ msgstr "Installation minimale" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant " -"tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2184,21 +1721,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations " -"spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un " -"serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette " -"option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des " -"Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose " -"d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X." +msgstr "Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2206,37 +1736,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Résumé des différents paramètres" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2245,11 +1772,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant " -"compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible " -"ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur " -"<guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2265,11 +1788,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuseau horaire :</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le " -"modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2281,9 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pays / Région :</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de " -"rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2293,15 +1812,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Chargeur de démarrage : </guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage." +msgstr "DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo." +msgstr "Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 @@ -2316,11 +1833,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestion de l'utilisateur :</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se " -"verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2332,19 +1847,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Services :</guilabel>" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond " -"(démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines " -"tâches." +msgstr "Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond (démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines tâches." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une " -"erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2366,9 +1876,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Clavier </guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du " -"pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier." +msgstr "C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2380,9 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Souris :</guilabel>" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, " -"trackballs etc." +msgstr "Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, trackballs etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2392,13 +1898,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carte son :</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option " -"de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un " -"pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut." +msgstr "L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2407,10 +1910,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface graphique : </guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de " -"l'affichage." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de l'affichage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2420,12 +1922,10 @@ msgstr "Pour plus d'informations voir <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2444,21 +1944,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau " -"exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le " -"redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</" -"application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non " -"libres (nonfree)." +msgstr "Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non libres (nonfree)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu " -"pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface." +msgstr "Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2471,19 +1964,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en " -"intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de " -"configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy." +msgstr "Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir " -"les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2498,17 +1986,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Niveau de sécurité</guilabel> :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent " -"les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "" -"Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2520,63 +2005,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pare-feu</guilabel> :" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes " -"sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui " -"cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler." +msgstr "Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix " -"dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué." +msgstr "Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>" +msgstr "Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la " -"taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Niveau de Sécurité" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2594,10 +2066,7 @@ msgstr "Laisser les valeurs par défaut si les choix à faire sont inconnus." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de " -"sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de " -"Contrôle de Mageia." +msgstr "Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2616,24 +2085,18 @@ msgstr "Définition" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "" -"Nous nommons ici \"média\" un fichier d'image ISO qui permet d'installer et/" -"ou de mettre à jour Mageia ainsi que par extension tout support physique sur " -"lequel l'image ISO est copiée." +msgstr "Ici, un médium (pluriel : média) est un fichier image ISO qui vous permet d'installer et/ou de mettre à jour Mageia, et par extension tout support physique sur lequel le fichier ISO est copié." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/" -"\">ici</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/\">ici</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2644,88 +2107,82 @@ msgstr "Média d'installation classique" #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 msgid "Common features" -msgstr "Fonctionnalités habituelles" +msgstr "Caractéristiques communes" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 -#, fuzzy msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "Ils utilisent l'installeur traditionnel appelé drakx." +msgstr "Ces images ISOs utilisent l'installeur classique appelé Drakx." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "" -"Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir " -"de versions précédentes." +msgstr "Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir de versions précédentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "" -"Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de " -"secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel." +msgstr "Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 -#, fuzzy msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et langues." +msgstr "Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et plusieurs langues." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "" -"Vous aurez le choix lors de l'installation d'ajouter ou non des logiciels " -"non-libres." +msgstr "Vous aurez la possibilité durant l'installation d'ajouter des logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "" -"Les deux architectures sont présentes sur le même média, le choix est " -"réalisé automatiquement en fonction du processeur détecté." +msgstr "Toutes les architectures sont présentes sur le même médium, le choix de l'une d'entre elle est réalisé automatiquement selon le CPU détecté." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "Bureau Xfce uniquement." +msgstr "Utilise le bureau Xfce uniquement." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" -"Seules certaines langues (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, " -"sv, uk) sont à cocher !" +msgstr "Toutes les langues ne sont pas disponibles. Seules les suivantes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) peuvent être sélectionnées !" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Il contient des logiciels non libres." @@ -2735,75 +2192,73 @@ msgstr "Il contient des logiciels non libres." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Média \"Live\"" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "" -"Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution sans l'installer immédiatement " -"sur votre disque dur, puis ensuite l'installer éventuellement." +msgstr "Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution Mageia sans l'installer sur le disque dur, puis éventuellement l'installer par la suite." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 -#, fuzzy msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "" -"L'ISO contient uniquement un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)." +msgstr "Chaque image ISO contient un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 -#, fuzzy msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." -msgstr "Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits." +msgstr "Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour " -"des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à " -"niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 -#, fuzzy msgid "They contain non free software." -msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non libres." +msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "CD live KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Environnement de bureau KDE uniquement." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "En anglais uniquement." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 -#, fuzzy msgid "32 bit only." -msgstr "En 32 bits uniquement." +msgstr "32 bits seulement." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "CD live GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement." @@ -2813,7 +2268,8 @@ msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "DVD live KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Toutes les langues sont présentes." @@ -2825,71 +2281,59 @@ msgstr "DVD Live GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot-only CD media" -msgstr "Média CD de démarrage uniquement" +msgstr "Démarre uniquement les média de type CD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Chacun d'eux est une petite image qui contient le strict nécessaire pour " -"démarrer l'installeur drakx et trouver le fichier ISO afin de continuer et " -"terminer l'installation. Ces fichiers ISO peuvent être sur le disque dur de " -"l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique local, sur un réseau local ou sur Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." +msgstr "Chacune d'elle est une petite image ne contenant que ce qui est nécessaire pour démarrer l'installeur drakx, trouver drakx-installer-stage2 et d'autres paquets indispensables pour continuer et terminer l'installation. Ces paquets peuvent se trouver sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique de stockage, un réseau local ou sur Internet. " -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "" -"Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le " -"débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, l'ordinateur n'a pas " -"de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB." +msgstr "Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, si l'ordinateur n'a pas de lecteur de DVD ou s'il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "" -"Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent " -"les logiciels non-libres." +msgstr "Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent d'utiliser des logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "" -"Contient des logiciels non-libres (pour la plupart des pilotes, codecs,...) " -"pour les personnes qui en ont besoin." +msgstr "Contient des logiciels non-libres (essentiellement des pilotes, des codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 -#, fuzzy msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" -msgstr "Téléchargement et vérification du média" +msgstr "Télécharger et vérifier les média" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 @@ -2898,47 +2342,31 @@ msgstr "Téléchargement" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "" -"Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant " -"soit HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira " -"quelques informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le " -"modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez HTTP, vous pouvez " -"également voir quelque chose comme" +msgstr "Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant un lien direct (HTTP) soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira des informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez le lien direct (HTTP), vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "" -"md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. " -"Utilisez seulement l'un d'entre eux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été " -"calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous " -"demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du " -"fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtiendrez le même nombre et votre fichier est " -"correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette " -"fenêtre apparaît alors :" +msgstr "md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. Utilisez seulement l'un des deux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtenez le même nombre et votre fichier est correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette fenêtre apparaît alors :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2963,38 +2391,30 @@ msgstr "Ouvrir une console, sans être administrateur, et :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" -"- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/" -"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" -"- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/" -"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "" -"et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un " -"certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -3003,70 +2423,50 @@ msgstr "Graver ou copier l'ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "" -"L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD ou un DVD ou copiée sur une clé " -"USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas une simple copie et sont destinées à créer " -"un média de démarrage." +msgstr "L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD, un DVD ou copiée sur une clé USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas de simples copies et sont destinées à créer un moyen de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 -#, fuzzy msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" -msgstr "Graver l'ISO sur un CD/DVD" +msgstr "Graver l'image ISO sur un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le " -"graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold\">graver une image</" -"emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct. Pour " -"plus d'information, voir <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." +msgstr "Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold\">graver une image</emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct. Pour plus d'information, voir <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 -#, fuzzy msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" -msgstr "Copier l'ISO sur une clé USB" +msgstr "Copier l'image ISO sur une clé USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les " -"copier sur une clé USB et les utiliser pour démarrer et installer le système " -"d'exploitation." +msgstr "Toutes les images ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les copier sur une clé USB puis utiliser celle-ci pour démarrer et installer le système." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "" -"\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système " -"de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront " -"perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image." +msgstr "\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 -#, fuzzy msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Pour récupérer la capacité d'origine, vous devez formater la clé USB." +msgstr "Pour retrouver la capacité originelle, vous devez reformater la clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 @@ -3076,106 +2476,97 @@ msgstr "En utilisant Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://" -"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</" -"link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser l'outil dd dans une console :" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Ouvrir une console" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "" -"Devenez administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> " -"(n'oubliez pas le - final)" +msgstr "Devenir administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> (ne pas oublier le '-' final)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "" -"Connectez votre clé USB (ne la montez pas, ce qui signifie n'ouvrez pas une " -"application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui la lirait)" +msgstr "Brancher votre clé USB (ne pas la monter, ce qui veut également dire ne pas ouvrir une application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui pourrait y accéder ou la lire)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Saisissez la commande <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "" -"Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; " -"par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé " -"USB de 8 Go." +msgstr "Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé USB de 8 Go." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" -"Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " -"bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Où X=le nom de votre périphérique, par exemple : /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" -"(x)=votre nom de périphérique, par ex. : /dev/sdc. Exemple : # <userinput>dd " -"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "Exemple : # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Débranchez votre clé USB, c'est terminé." @@ -3187,7 +2578,6 @@ msgstr "En utilisant Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 -#, fuzzy msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Vous pouvez essayer :" @@ -3201,9 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -3213,39 +2601,32 @@ msgstr "Installation de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" -"Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/" -"\">la documentation Mageia</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/\">la documentation Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Plus d'information est disponible dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." -"org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki Mageia</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." +msgstr "Plus d'informations sont disponibles dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki de Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Sélection du Pays / Région" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3253,19 +2634,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des " -"paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un " -"pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi." +msgstr "Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton " -"<guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3274,11 +2650,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</" -"guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler " -"qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, " -"DrakX respectera votre choix." +msgstr "Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, DrakX respectera votre choix." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3289,25 +2661,14 @@ msgstr "Méthode de saisie" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des " -"caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de " -"saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques " -"(chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD " -"Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les " -"localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie " -"paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la " -"paramétrer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, " -"etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées " -"lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet " -"avant la sélection des paquetages." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques (chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la paramétrer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet avant la sélection des paquetages." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3315,11 +2676,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase " -"d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par " -"\"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -> \"Système\", ou en exécutant " -"\"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur." +msgstr "Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par \"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -> \"Système\", ou en exécutant \"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3329,11 +2686,9 @@ msgstr "Installation ou Mise à jour" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3344,9 +2699,7 @@ msgstr "Installation" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +msgstr "Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3359,10 +2712,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</" -"application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à " -"niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia." +msgstr "Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3370,51 +2720,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore " -"supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à " -"niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de " -"réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition " -"<literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " -"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " -"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " -"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " -"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " -"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " -"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " -"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " -"pour redémarrer." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de " -"revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix " -"des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> ou " -"<guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</" -"emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> ou <guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3426,63 +2756,43 @@ msgstr "Clavier" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si " -"aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le " -"clavier US." +msgstr "DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le clavier US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/" -"> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre " -"disposition de clavier. Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se " -"référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au " -"vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier " -"qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre disposition de clavier. Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y " -"sélectionner le bon clavier." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y sélectionner le bon clavier." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur " -"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à " -"l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi. Ignorer cette " -"anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé " -"sera bien celui de la liste complète." +msgstr "Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi. Ignorer cette anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé sera bien celui de la liste complète." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3490,10 +2800,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran " -"supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le " -"passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine." +msgstr "En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3506,53 +2813,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. " -"<application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant " -"l'installation et pour le système une fois installé." +msgstr "Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. <application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant l'installation et pour le système une fois installé." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le " -"système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable " -"alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les " -"ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de " -"langues supplémentaires après l'installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de langues supplémentaires après l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en " -"choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera " -"aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples." +msgstr "Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est " -"conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." +msgstr "Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3560,68 +2852,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela " -"est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver " -"dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 " -"s'applique à toutes les langues installées." +msgstr "Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 s'applique à toutes les langues installées." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le " -"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -> Système -> Gérer les paramètres locaux " -"de votre système." +msgstr "Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -> Système -> Gérer les paramètres locaux de votre système." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Sélection de la souris" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre " -"ici." +msgstr "Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre ici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe " -"quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</" -"guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris " -"à six boutons ou plus." +msgstr "Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris à six boutons ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -3631,13 +2907,10 @@ msgstr "Ajouter ou Modifier une Entrée de Menu de Démarrage" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -3645,111 +2918,84 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir " -"sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de " -"<emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de " -"la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment." +msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de <emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez choisi <code>Grub 2</code> comme chargeur de démarrage, vous ne " -"pouvez pas utliser cet outil pour modifier les entrées à cette étape, " -"appuyez sur 'Suivant'. Vous devez modifier manuellement le fichier <code>/" -"boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou utiliser <code>grub-customizer</code> à la " -"place." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." +msgstr "Si vous avez choisi <code>Grub 2</code> comme chargeur de démarrage, vous ne pouvez pas utliser cet outil pour modifier les entrées à cette étape, appuyez sur 'Suivant'. Vous devez modifier manuellement le fichier <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou utiliser <code>grub-customizer</code> à la place." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour " -"définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de " -"risques." +msgstr "Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de risques." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la " -"renommer complètement." +msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la renommer complètement." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait " -"pendant la phase de démarrage du système." +msgstr "L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait pendant la phase de démarrage du système." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité " -"de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des " -"modifications dans ce domaine." +msgstr "L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des modifications dans ce domaine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principales options du chargeur de démarrage" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents " -"de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel " -"cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant " -"ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. " +msgstr "Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. " #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3768,20 +3014,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans " -"le MBR (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà " -"d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au " -"nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." +msgstr "Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans le MBR (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en " -"plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo." +msgstr "Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3789,19 +3029,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas " -"actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le " -"chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé." +msgstr "Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui " -"est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." +msgstr "La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3812,58 +3047,41 @@ msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant. " #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez " -"alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du " -"résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel " -"permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera " -"effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la " -"phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"." +msgstr "Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce " -"périphérique." +msgstr "Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce périphérique." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où " -"est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans " -"l'écran de l'installateur." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans l'écran de l'installateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de " -"démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du " -"temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de " -"démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. " -"Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." +msgstr "La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3874,58 +3092,48 @@ msgstr "Option avancée du chargeur de démarrage " #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</" -"literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /" -"tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place " -"libre." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur <guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place libre." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuration du SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut " -"cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et " -"en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis." +msgstr "DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) " -"périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents." +msgstr "Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3937,15 +3145,13 @@ msgstr "DrakX pourra alors les configurer correctement." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du son" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3953,9 +3159,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre " -"carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un." +msgstr "Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3965,24 +3169,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après " -"l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande " -"<command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre " -"de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</" -"guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en " -"haut à droite de l'écran." +msgstr "Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande <command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en haut à droite de l'écran." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</" -"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des " -"conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3995,65 +3191,52 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de " -"l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun " -"par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais " -"pilote." +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais pilote." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué " -"sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>." +msgstr "Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmer le disque dur à formater" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la " -"sélection du bon disque dur." +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la sélection du bon disque dur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la " -"volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et " -"toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 -#, fuzzy msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" -msgstr "Désinstaller le média" +msgstr "Désinstaller Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:9 @@ -4062,75 +3245,45 @@ msgstr "Guide" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:11 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "" -"Mageia ne vous convient pas ou vous ne pouvez pas l'installer correctement, " -"en bref vous voulez vous en débarrasser. C'est votre droit et Mageia vous " -"donne la possibilité d'être désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les " -"systèmes d'exploitation." +msgstr "Mageia ne vous convient pas ou vous ne pouvez pas l'installer correctement, en bref vous voulez vous en débarrasser. C'est votre droit et Mageia vous donne la possibilité de le désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les systèmes d'exploitation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "" -"Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD " -"Mageia et sléectionnez \"Système de secours\", puis restaurez le chargeur " -"d'amorçage de Windows. Au prochain démarrage, vous aurez uniquement Windows " -"sans aucun menu pour choisir votre système d'exploitation." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD de Mageia et sélectionnez \"Système de secours\", puis restaurez le chargeur d'amorçage de Windows. Au prochain démarrage, vous aurez uniquement Windows sans aucun menu pour choisir votre système d'exploitation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "" -"Pour récupérer l'espace utilisé par les partitions Mageia avec Windows, " -"cliquez sur <code>Démarrer -> Panneau de configuration -> Outils " -"administratifs -> Gestion de l'ordinateur -> Stockage -> Gestion des " -"disques</code> pour accéder à la gestion des partitions. Vous reconnaîtrez " -"les partitions Mageia par leur appellation <guilabel>Inconnu</guilabel>, " -"mais également par leurs taille et position dans le disque. Faites un clic-" -"droit sur l'une des ces partitions et sélectionnez <guibutton>Supprimer</" -"guibutton>. L'espace sera alors libéré." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "Pour récupérer l'espace utilisé par les partitions Mageia avec Windows, cliquez sur <code>Démarrer -> Panneau de configuration -> Outils administratifs -> Gestion de l'ordinateur -> Stockage -> Gestion des disques</code> pour accéder à la gestion des partitions. Vous reconnaîtrez les partitions Mageia par leur appellation <guilabel>Inconnu</guilabel>, mais également par leurs taille et position dans le disque. Faites un clic-droit sur l'une des ces partitions et sélectionnez <guibutton>Supprimer</guibutton>. L'espace sera alors libéré." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "" -"Si vous disposez de Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et " -"la formater (en FAT32 ou NTFS). Cela vous fournira une lettre pour désigner " -"la partition." +msgstr "Si vous utilisez Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et la formater (en FAT32 ou en NTFS). Vous obtiendrez alors une lettre de partition." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "" -"Si vous disposez de Windows Vista ou Windows 7, vous avez une possibilité " -"supplémentaire, vous pouvez étendre la partition existante à gauche de " -"l'espace libre. D'autres outils de partitionnement peuvent être utilisés, " -"tels que gparted, disponible pour Windows et Linux. Comme toujours, lorsque " -"vous modifiez des partitions, soyez très prudent et assurez-vous que toutes " -"vos données importantes ont été sauvegardées." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "Si vous disposez de Windows Vista ou Windows 7, vous avez une possibilité supplémentaire, vous pouvez étendre la partition existante à gauche de l'espace libre. D'autres outils de partitionnement peuvent être utilisés, tels que gparted, disponible pour Windows et Linux. Comme toujours, lorsque vous modifiez des partitions, soyez très prudent et assurez-vous que toutes vos données importantes ont été sauvegardées." diff --git a/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml index 554b1cb8..fae29a6f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/fr/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que vous faites.</para> </note></para> - <para>Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> diff --git a/docs/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 689338a0..0572c1d4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Définition</title> - <para>Nous nommons ici "média" un fichier d'image ISO qui permet d'installer et/ou -de mettre à jour Mageia ainsi que par extension tout support physique sur -lequel l'image ISO est copiée.</para> + <para>Ici, un médium (pluriel : média) est un fichier image ISO qui vous permet +d'installer et/ou de mettre à jour Mageia, et par extension tout support +physique sur lequel le fichier ISO est copié.</para> <para>Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/">ici</link>.</para> @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/">ici</link>.</para> <title>Média d'installation classique</title> <section> - <title>Fonctionnalités habituelles</title> + <title>Caractéristiques communes</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Ils utilisent l'installeur traditionnel appelé drakx.</para> + <para>Ces images ISOs utilisent l'installeur classique appelé Drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et langues.</para> + <para>Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et plusieurs langues.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Vous aurez le choix lors de l'installation d'ajouter ou non des logiciels + <para>Vous aurez la possibilité durant l'installation d'ajouter des logiciels non-libres.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -66,17 +66,17 @@ non-libres.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Les deux architectures sont présentes sur le même média, le choix est -réalisé automatiquement en fonction du processeur détecté.</para> + <para>Toutes les architectures sont présentes sur le même médium, le choix de +l'une d'entre elle est réalisé automatiquement selon le CPU détecté.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Bureau Xfce uniquement.</para> + <para>Utilise le bureau Xfce uniquement.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Seules certaines langues (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, -sv, uk) sont à cocher !</para> + <para>Toutes les langues ne sont pas disponibles. Seules les suivantes (be, bg, +ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) peuvent être sélectionnées !</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -90,20 +90,21 @@ sv, uk) sont à cocher !</para> <title>Média "Live"</title> <section> - <title>Fonctionnalités habituelles</title> + <title>Caractéristiques communes</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution sans l'installer immédiatement -sur votre disque dur, puis ensuite l'installer éventuellement.</para> + <para>Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution Mageia sans l'installer sur le +disque dur, puis éventuellement l'installer par la suite. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>L'ISO contient uniquement un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME).</para> + <para>Chaque image ISO contient un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + <para>Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Ils contiennent des logiciels non libres.</para> + <para>Ils contiennent des logiciels non-libres.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>En 32 bits uniquement.</para> + <para>32 bits seulement.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>En 32 bits uniquement.</para> + <para>32 bits seulement.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -167,7 +168,7 @@ niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + <para>Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -185,35 +186,35 @@ niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + <para>Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Média CD de démarrage uniquement</title> + <title>Démarre uniquement les média de type CD</title> <section> - <title>Fonctionnalités habituelles</title> + <title>Caractéristiques communes</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Chacun d'eux est une petite image qui contient le strict nécessaire pour -démarrer l'installeur drakx et trouver le fichier ISO afin de continuer et -terminer l'installation. Ces fichiers ISO peuvent être sur le disque dur de -l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique local, sur un réseau local ou sur -Internet.</para> + <para>Chacune d'elle est une petite image ne contenant que ce qui est nécessaire +pour démarrer l'installeur drakx, trouver drakx-installer-stage2 et d'autres +paquets indispensables pour continuer et terminer l'installation. Ces +paquets peuvent se trouver sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur, sur un +périphérique de stockage, un réseau local ou sur Internet. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le -débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, l'ordinateur n'a pas -de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB.</para> +débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, si l'ordinateur n'a +pas de lecteur de DVD ou s'il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + <para>Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -228,7 +229,7 @@ de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent -les logiciels non-libres.</para> +d'utiliser des logiciels non-libres.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -238,8 +239,8 @@ les logiciels non-libres.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contient des logiciels non-libres (pour la plupart des pilotes, codecs,...) -pour les personnes qui en ont besoin.</para> + <para>Contient des logiciels non-libres (essentiellement des pilotes, des +codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -247,26 +248,26 @@ pour les personnes qui en ont besoin.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Téléchargement et vérification du média</title> + <title>Télécharger et vérifier les média</title> <section> <title>Téléchargement</title> <para>Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant -soit HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira -quelques informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le -modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez HTTP, vous pouvez -également voir quelque chose comme</para> +un lien direct (HTTP) soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous +fournira des informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le +modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez le lien direct +(HTTP), vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <para>md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre -ISO. Utilisez seulement l'un d'entre eux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont -été calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous +ISO. Utilisez seulement l'un des deux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été +calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du -fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtiendrez le même nombre et votre fichier est +fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtenez le même nombre et votre fichier est correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette fenêtre apparaît alors :</para> @@ -301,12 +302,12 @@ certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :</para> <section> <title>Graver ou copier l'ISO</title> - <para>L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD ou un DVD ou copiée sur une clé -USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas une simple copie et sont destinées à créer -un média de démarrage.</para> + <para>L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD, un DVD ou copiée sur une clé +USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas de simples copies et sont destinées à créer +un moyen de démarrage.</para> <section> - <title>Graver l'ISO sur un CD/DVD</title> + <title>Graver l'image ISO sur un CD/DVD</title> <para>Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role="bold">graver une @@ -317,11 +318,11 @@ Mageia</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Copier l'ISO sur une clé USB</title> + <title>Copier l'image ISO sur une clé USB</title> - <para>Toutes les ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les -copier sur une clé USB et les utiliser pour démarrer et installer le système -d'exploitation.</para> + <para>Toutes les images ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez +les copier sur une clé USB puis utiliser celle-ci pour démarrer et installer +le système.</para> <warning> <para>"Copier" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système @@ -329,7 +330,7 @@ de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image.</para> </warning> - <para>Pour récupérer la capacité d'origine, vous devez formater la clé USB.</para> + <para>Pour retrouver la capacité originelle, vous devez reformater la clé USB.</para> <section> <title>En utilisant Mageia</title> @@ -345,8 +346,8 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Devenez administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> -(n'oubliez pas le - final)</para> + <para>Devenir administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> (ne pas +oublier le '-' final)</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -354,8 +355,9 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Connectez votre clé USB (ne la montez pas, ce qui signifie n'ouvrez pas une -application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui la lirait)</para> + <para>Brancher votre clé USB (ne pas la monter, ce qui veut également dire ne pas +ouvrir une application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui pourrait y accéder +ou la lire).</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -376,9 +378,9 @@ USB de 8 Go.</para> <para>Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=votre nom de périphérique, par ex. : /dev/sdc. Exemple : # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Où X=le nom de votre périphérique, par exemple : /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Exemple : # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -412,9 +414,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/">la documentation Mageia</link>.</para> - <para>Plus d'information est disponible dans <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">le wiki + <para>Plus d'informations sont disponibles dans <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">le wiki de Mageia</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/fr/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/fr/uninstall-Mageia.xml index a1ef94a6..549caf9f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/fr/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia"> <!-- --> <info> - <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Désinstaller le média</title> + <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Désinstaller Mageia</title> </info> @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ <para>Mageia ne vous convient pas ou vous ne pouvez pas l'installer correctement, en bref vous voulez vous en débarrasser. C'est votre droit et Mageia vous -donne la possibilité d'être désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les +donne la possibilité de le désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les systèmes d'exploitation.</para> - <para>Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD -Mageia et sléectionnez "Système de secours", puis restaurez le chargeur + <para>Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD de +Mageia et sélectionnez "Système de secours", puis restaurez le chargeur d'amorçage de Windows. Au prochain démarrage, vous aurez uniquement Windows sans aucun menu pour choisir votre système d'exploitation.</para> @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ mais également par leurs taille et position dans le disque. Faites un clic-droit sur l'une des ces partitions et sélectionnez <guibutton>Supprimer</guibutton>. L'espace sera alors libéré.</para> - <para>Si vous disposez de Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et -la formater (en FAT32 ou NTFS). Cela vous fournira une lettre pour désigner -la partition.</para> + <para>Si vous utilisez Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et la +formater (en FAT32 ou en NTFS). Vous obtiendrez alors une lettre de +partition.</para> <para>Si vous disposez de Windows Vista ou Windows 7, vous avez une possibilité supplémentaire, vous pouvez étendre la partition existante à gauche de diff --git a/docs/installer/help.pot b/docs/installer/help.pot index e97c60c7..89ef57f4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/help.pot +++ b/docs/installer/help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" diff --git a/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml index f1032fc9..3dbdfcb2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall.</para> </note></para> - <para>Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> <para>Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">CMS @@ -130,7 +130,5 @@ Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 1e29db84..9cf7d965 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 1a793282..5c630672 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,34 +1,39 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="id"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Tambah atau Modifikasi Entri Menu Boot</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Tambah atau Modifikasi Entri Menu Boot</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Anda bisa menambah atau memodifikasi entri yang Anda pilih, dengan menekan tombol yang sesuai di layar <emphasis>Konfigurasi Bootloader</emphasis> dan mengedit layar yang muncul di atasnya.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Beberapa hal yang bisa dilakukan tanpa resiko adalah mengubah label entri dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan.</para> + <para>Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya.</para> + <para>Entri bawaan adalah entri yang dipilih sistem untuk dijalankan jika Anda tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan.</para> -<warning><para>Mengedit lainnya bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak berjalan. Jangan lakukan -apapun yang Anda tidak mengerti.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Mengedit lainnya bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak berjalan. Jangan lakukan +apapun yang Anda tidak mengerti.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml index c5e3b9ca..3e013a3b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die u tijdens het installeren maakt.</para> </note></para> - <para>De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po index 50f24822..51f4ab54 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl.po +++ b/docs/installer/pl.po @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: +# Daniel Krawczyk <daniekonepl@gmail.com>, 2014 # Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>, 2013 # mrzysko <m.rzysko@gmail.com>, 2014 +# mrzysko <m.rzysko@gmail.com>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"pl/)\n" -"Language: pl\n" +"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " -"|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Language: pl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -29,11 +29,9 @@ msgstr "Licencja oraz informacje o wydaniu" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -43,40 +41,31 @@ msgstr "Umowa licencyjna" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać " -"uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji " -"<application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed " -"kontynuacją instalacji." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji <application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed kontynuacją instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij " -"<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>." +msgstr "Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za " -"zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne " -"uruchomienie komputera." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne uruchomienie komputera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -88,9 +77,7 @@ msgstr "Informacje o wydaniu" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, " -"Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>." +msgstr "Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -103,32 +90,27 @@ msgstr "pl" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Wybór nośników (konfiguracja dodatkowych nośników instalacyjnych)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki " -"instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł " -"(nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas " -"następnych kroków." +msgstr "Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł (nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas następnych kroków." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -138,9 +120,7 @@ msgstr "Dla nośników sieciowych, wymagane są dwa kroki:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "" -"Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało " -"ustanowione." +msgstr "Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało ustanowione." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 @@ -150,40 +130,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do " -"wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted " -"oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub " -"swój własny mirror np. NFS." +msgstr "Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub swój własny mirror np. NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Zarządzanie użytkownikami" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -195,8 +173,8 @@ msgstr "Ustawienie hasła administratora (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " @@ -228,29 +206,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego " -"pola tekstowego" +msgstr "<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego pola tekstowego" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - " -"będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator " -"wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter " -"ma znaczenie.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter ma znaczenie.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -258,30 +229,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w " -"nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=" -"\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w " -"tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli " -"katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla " -"danego użytkownika)" +msgstr "Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla danego użytkownika)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -314,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "Ustawienia dostępu mogą być również zmienione po instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 msgid "Advanced User Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaawansowane Zarządzanie Użytkownikami" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:119 @@ -360,8 +323,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -369,27 +332,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Wybierz punkty montowania" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -409,8 +372,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -423,12 +386,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -449,9 +412,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -462,8 +425,8 @@ msgstr "Wybór pulpitu" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -479,9 +442,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -500,15 +461,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Wybór grup pakietów" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -544,8 +504,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -553,30 +513,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Samodzielny wybór pakietów" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -584,30 +544,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguracja usług" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -632,33 +590,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguruj strefę czasową" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w " -"pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -676,13 +629,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -742,37 +692,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki " -"dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w " -"niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta." +msgstr "Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie " -"włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym " -"uruchomieniu komputera." +msgstr "Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym uruchomieniu komputera." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -781,11 +724,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -793,9 +736,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją " -"kartę graficzną z listy." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją kartę graficzną z listy." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -825,11 +766,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -863,13 +804,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -880,9 +818,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Własny</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -937,10 +875,10 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -951,41 +889,39 @@ msgstr "Zaawansowany podział na partycje za pomocą DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1028,11 +964,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1054,8 +988,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1066,8 +1000,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce na partycji Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1120,8 +1054,8 @@ msgstr "Własne" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1131,8 +1065,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1167,7 +1101,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1190,8 +1125,8 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" @@ -1204,24 +1139,24 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1229,37 +1164,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Gratulacje" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została " -"zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić " -"komputer ponownie." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić komputer ponownie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1279,39 +1208,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - " -"odwiedź www.mageia.org" +msgstr "Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - odwiedź www.mageia.org" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatowanie" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na " -"partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną " -"zachowane." +msgstr "Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną zachowane." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1337,8 +1258,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1352,20 +1273,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-" -"Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub " -"aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. " +msgstr "Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona " -"domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego " -"potrzebujesz." +msgstr "Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego potrzebujesz." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1385,8 +1300,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> @@ -1409,8 +1325,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1422,9 +1337,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> @@ -1439,8 +1354,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1499,8 +1413,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1518,8 +1431,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1533,8 +1445,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> @@ -1554,8 +1465,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1566,8 +1478,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1578,31 +1490,24 @@ msgstr "Etapy instalacji" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po " -"lewej stronie ekranu instalatora." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po lewej stronie ekranu instalatora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk " -"<guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej " -"używanych opcji." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk <guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej używanych opcji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który " -"pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu " -"instalacji." +msgstr "Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1612,19 +1517,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje " -"możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie " -"zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła " -"się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak " -"wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, " -"że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz " -"ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego " -"wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie " -"zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." +msgstr "Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1636,25 +1532,24 @@ msgstr "Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Brak graficznego interfejsu" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się " -"zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj " -"użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>." +msgstr "Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1670,11 +1565,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z " -"detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać " -"pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być " -"łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba." +msgstr "Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1686,13 +1577,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza " -"niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz " -"parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej " -"pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1705,8 +1592,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1714,29 +1602,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualizacje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została " -"udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione." +msgstr "Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1744,10 +1632,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, " -"wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli " -"nie masz połączenia z Internetem" +msgstr "Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli nie masz połączenia z Internetem" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1759,72 +1644,55 @@ msgstr "Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> aby kontynuować" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Wybór nośników (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są " -"dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór " -"repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w " -"następnych krokach." +msgstr "Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w następnych krokach." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ " -"zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji." +msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, " -"które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do " -"którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium " -"zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, " -"firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp." +msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych " -"licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium " -"jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. " -"kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt " -"DVD, itp." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt DVD, itp." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1835,8 +1703,8 @@ msgstr "Minimalna instalacja" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1861,37 +1729,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1916,8 +1781,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Strefa czasowa</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1961,8 +1826,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2026,8 +1891,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta dźwiękowa</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -2038,7 +1903,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2049,11 +1915,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2097,8 +1962,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -2114,8 +1979,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2157,9 +2022,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2167,18 +2033,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Poziom bezpieczeństwa" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2224,8 +2087,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2239,12 +2102,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2255,24 +2120,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2283,26 +2152,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2312,33 +2185,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2348,18 +2226,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" @@ -2369,7 +2250,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2379,7 +2261,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2394,16 +2277,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2416,7 +2302,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " @@ -2428,7 +2315,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2448,25 +2336,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2496,29 +2384,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2543,8 +2431,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2580,8 +2469,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2589,76 +2478,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2693,15 +2594,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2709,18 +2611,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2733,8 +2632,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2755,13 +2654,13 @@ msgstr "" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2780,11 +2679,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2816,30 +2713,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2857,36 +2754,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2910,52 +2806,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. " -"<application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno " -"podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie." +msgstr "Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. <application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie " -"lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</" -"guibutton> aby je teraz dodać. " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</guibutton> aby je teraz dodać. " #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw " -"wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on " -"również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków." +msgstr "Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz " -"jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej " -"klawiatury." +msgstr "Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej klawiatury." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2963,38 +2845,31 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to " -"kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie " -"dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich " -"zainstalowanych języków." +msgstr "Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich zainstalowanych języków." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą " -"Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu" +msgstr "Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Wybierz mysz" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -3006,8 +2881,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3024,15 +2899,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -3047,21 +2918,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 @@ -3095,31 +2962,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3173,16 +3040,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3195,8 +3062,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3204,8 +3071,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3218,9 +3085,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3228,28 +3095,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3270,15 +3138,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracja dźwięku" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3302,8 +3168,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3331,20 +3198,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3356,8 +3222,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3382,20 +3248,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3411,6 +3277,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml index 99debe8e..721c8d25 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make while installing.</para> </note></para> - <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> @@ -131,7 +131,5 @@ Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 2fa97c59..cc2cb084 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml index 64cacdb1..81b4d889 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>.</para> <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced"> <info> - <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Advanced User Management</title> + <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Zaawansowane Zarządzanie Użytkownikami</title> </info> <para>If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index d9e6e83b..fc089920 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,34 +1,39 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one.</para> + <para>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</para> + <para>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up.</para> -<warning><para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't +just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index 9bb17cc6..9f39a15d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: +# Andre Arruda dos Santos Silva <kazzttor@gmail.com>, 2015 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013 -# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 +# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2015 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-22 01:20+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-18 00:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" -"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,12 +29,9 @@ msgstr "Licenças e Notas de Lançamento" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -44,38 +41,31 @@ msgstr "Acordo de Licença" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os " -"termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</" -"application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, " -"clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. " -"Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -87,9 +77,7 @@ msgstr "Notas de Lançamento" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, " -"clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." +msgstr "Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -102,32 +90,27 @@ msgstr "pt_BR" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode " -"adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A " -"fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção " -"durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -147,41 +130,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando " -"um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, " -"como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você " -"pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento " -"NFS de instalação." +msgstr "selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento NFS de instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -193,31 +173,20 @@ msgstr "Definir senha do administrador (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> " -"definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a " -"<emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma " -"senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para " -"amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que " -"você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na " -"caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver " -"digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." +msgstr "É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a <emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas " -"e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e " -"minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." +msgstr "Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -230,40 +199,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o " -"superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar " -"aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o " -"usuário médio faz com o seu computador." +msgstr "Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o usuário médio faz com o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone " -"de usuários." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone de usuários." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de " -"texto." +msgstr "<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do " -"usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de " -"login é \"case sensitive\"." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de login é \"case sensitive\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -271,30 +229,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha " -"do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força " -"da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa " -"de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das " -"caixas de texto de senha do usuário." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das caixas de texto de senha do usuário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo " -"legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." +msgstr "Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -302,20 +252,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário " -"adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </" -"emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." +msgstr "No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-" -"se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a " -"reinicialização." +msgstr "Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a reinicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -323,17 +267,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer " -"acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - " -"Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador " -"de Usuário </emphasis>." +msgstr "Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador de Usuário </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." +msgstr "As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -346,11 +285,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma " -"tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está " -"adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de " -"convidado." +msgstr "Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -358,11 +293,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão " -"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> " -"será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos " -"importantes em um pendrive USB." +msgstr "Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos importantes em um pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -370,11 +301,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou " -"desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um " -"convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os " -"usuários normais." +msgstr "<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os usuários normais." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -382,10 +309,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o " -"shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as " -"opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -393,48 +317,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário " -"para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. " -"Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do " -"grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em " -"branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Escolha os pontos de montagem" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -442,64 +360,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se " -"você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você " -"pode alterar os pontos de montagem." +msgstr "Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você pode alterar os pontos de montagem." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição " -"<literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição <literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", " -"\"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", \"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido" -"\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem " -"diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</" -"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo " -"pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</" -"literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou " -"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> " -"de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do " -"ponto de montagem em branco." +msgstr "Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do ponto de montagem em branco." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -507,22 +407,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do " -"que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do " -"particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em " -"uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." +msgstr "Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em " -"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) " -"partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -532,11 +425,9 @@ msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais " -"para ajustar as suas escolhas." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais para ajustar as suas escolhas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -544,19 +435,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides " -"durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser " -"desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." +msgstr "Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -568,29 +454,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</" -"application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto " -"completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</" -"guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do " -"que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O " -"desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, " -"ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." +msgstr "Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -599,12 +477,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você " -"precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante " -"autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um " -"está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o " -"mouse é passado sobre eles." +msgstr "Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o mouse é passado sobre eles." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -626,91 +499,74 @@ msgstr "Ambiente Gráfico." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou " -"remover pacotes manualmente." +msgstr "Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou remover pacotes manualmente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Escolha Pacotes Individuais" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para " -"personalizar a instalação." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para personalizar a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do " -"<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a " -"sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então " -"usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, " -"pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do <guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurar os seus serviços" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você " -"inicializar seu sistema." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você inicializar seu sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e " -"ver todos os serviços nele." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e ver todos os serviços nele." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -722,61 +578,48 @@ msgstr "A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas " -"na caixa de informações abaixo." +msgstr "Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas na caixa de informações abaixo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." +msgstr "Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você " -"no mesmo fuso horário." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você no mesmo fuso horário." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local " -"ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-" -"se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/" -"GMT." +msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -786,31 +629,24 @@ msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente " -"identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." +msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe " -"identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -833,10 +669,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque " -"ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar " -"um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" +msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -844,19 +677,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de " -"código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua " -"placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." +msgstr "A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode " -"ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." +msgstr "Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -864,37 +692,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para " -"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns " -"casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." +msgstr "Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. " -"Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os " -"seus primeiros reiniciam." +msgstr "O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os seus primeiros reiniciam." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -903,31 +724,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de " -"desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</" -"application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de " -"usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente " -"<acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" -"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico " -"funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam " -"ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o " -"<application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que " -"a escolha é incorreta." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente <acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o <application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que a escolha é incorreta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua " -"placa da lista, se necessário.." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua placa da lista, se necessário.." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -937,13 +746,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor " -"a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou " -"<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se " -"você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e " -"vertical do seu monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e vertical do seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -955,9 +758,7 @@ msgstr "Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a " -"resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -965,29 +766,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem " -"sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar " -"suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se " -"suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as " -"configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a " -"tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. " -"<emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais " -"segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. <emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por " -"ativar ou desativar várias opções." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por ativar ou desativar várias opções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -999,9 +790,7 @@ msgstr "Escolhendo seu Monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente " -"identificará corretamente o seu." +msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente identificará corretamente o seu." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1010,22 +799,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode " -"danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem " -"conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, " -"consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1036,14 +818,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de " -"atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização " -"vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização " -"horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1052,11 +830,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de " -"monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu " -"equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma " -"configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1068,8 +842,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." +msgstr "É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1081,9 +854,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe " -"identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1104,17 +875,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é " -"frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o " -"driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado " -"automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas " -"seleções." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como 1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas seleções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1124,64 +889,47 @@ msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> " -"(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</" -"literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</" -"literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." +msgstr "Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar " -"partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu " -"tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." +msgstr "Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento " -"detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três " -"deles." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três deles." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições " -"no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em " -"seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de " -"montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." +msgstr "Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1204,28 +952,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as " -"soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde " -"instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do " -"conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." +msgstr "As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" -"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1237,9 +978,7 @@ msgstr "Utilizar as partições existentes" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com " -"o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." +msgstr "Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1249,11 +988,9 @@ msgstr "Usar o espaço livre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá " -"usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1263,11 +1000,9 @@ msgstr "Use o espaço livre na partição do Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o " -"instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1275,10 +1010,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da " -"Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de " -"ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" +msgstr "Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1289,13 +1021,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A " -"partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado " -"corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido " -"desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos " -"da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É " -"altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." +msgstr "Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1310,9 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "Esta opção utilizará a unidade completa para a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. " -"Tenha cuidado!" +msgstr "Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. Tenha cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1320,10 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já " -"tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta " -"opção." +msgstr "Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta opção." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1333,11 +1054,9 @@ msgstr "Personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) " -"rígido(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1346,17 +1065,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao " -"invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de " -"hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi " -"testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um " -"erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos " -"o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento " -"alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" +msgstr "Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1372,9 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "\"Espaço livre Antes (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um " -"número par de megabytes." +msgstr "Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um número par de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1391,7 +1101,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Fevereiro 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1414,13 +1125,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As " -"telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz " -"durante a instalação." +msgstr "Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1431,83 +1139,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA " -"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc." -"biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a " -"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " -"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Parabéns" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e " -"agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de " -"inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador " -"(se você tiver mais de um)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador (se você tiver mais de um)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua " -"instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." +msgstr "Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1519,55 +1208,43 @@ msgstr "Divirta-se!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para " -"a Mageia." +msgstr "Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatação" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer " -"dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão " -"salvos." +msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão salvos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser " -"formatadas." +msgstr "Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser formatadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que " -"você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." +msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1576,21 +1253,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em " -"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</" -"guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à " -"tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas " -"partições." +msgstr "Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas partições." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em " -"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1603,19 +1273,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia " -"foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando " -"possível." +msgstr "Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando possível." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o " -"instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." +msgstr "A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1635,11 +1300,10 @@ msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1650,25 +1314,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" -"A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências " -"pessoais:" +msgstr "A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências pessoais:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua " -"escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" +msgstr "A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1679,20 +1337,15 @@ msgstr "Use as setas para selecionar o idioma e pressione a tecla Enter." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/" -"CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de " -"Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> " -"ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1701,10 +1354,8 @@ msgstr "Alterar a resolução da tela, pressionando a tecla F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1717,11 +1368,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando " -"uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha " -"chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro " -"entradas:" +msgstr "Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro entradas:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1733,36 +1380,28 @@ msgstr "- Padrão, ele não altera nada nas opções padrão." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em " -"detrimento de performances." +msgstr "- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em detrimento de performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de " -"energia não é levado em conta." +msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de energia não é levado em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), " -"trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." +msgstr "- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão " -"exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1770,17 +1409,12 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas " -"com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</" -"guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." +msgstr "Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1793,17 +1427,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um " -"com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione " -"a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." +msgstr "Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1812,18 +1441,12 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" -"A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione " -"<guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista " -"de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de " -"inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione <guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1835,22 +1458,17 @@ msgstr "A ajuda é traduzida no idioma escolhido com a tecla F2." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em " -"rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" +msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos " -"na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em " -"rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1860,11 +1478,9 @@ msgstr "O layout do teclado é o americano." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1874,30 +1490,24 @@ msgstr "As etapas de instalação" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser " -"seguido no painel lateral da tela." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser seguido no painel lateral da tela." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões " -"<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente " -"necessárias." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões <guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente necessárias." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém " -"explicações sobre a etapa atual." +msgstr "A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém explicações sobre a etapa atual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1907,19 +1517,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a " -"instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de " -"fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações " -"começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e " -"reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, " -"você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um " -"terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </" -"guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt " -"Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." +msgstr "Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1931,32 +1532,25 @@ msgstr "Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sem Interface Gráfica" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto " -"pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar " -"uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-" -"texto)." +msgstr "Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-texto)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. " -"Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar " -"este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você " -"será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto" -"\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1971,12 +1565,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema " -"com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware " -"pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle " -"<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser " -"combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." +msgstr "Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle <code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1988,14 +1577,9 @@ msgstr "problema RAM" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode " -"relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso " -"manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o " -"a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá " -"especificar 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá especificar 256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -2008,44 +1592,39 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "" -"Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para " -"formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível " -"instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a " -"documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/" -"library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315." -"aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Atualizações" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, " -"alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." +msgstr "Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2053,10 +1632,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-" -"los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, " -"ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." +msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2068,73 +1644,55 @@ msgstr "Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os " -"repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você " -"estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais " -"pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez " -"que ele contém a base da distribuição." +msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez que ele contém a base da distribuição." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são " -"gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software " -"de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório " -"inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware " -"de vários cartões WiFi, etc." +msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware de vários cartões WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob " -"licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é " -"que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns " -"países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários " -"arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo " -"comercial, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo comercial, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2145,12 +1703,9 @@ msgstr "Instalação Mínima" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na " -"tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" -"\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2159,22 +1714,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente " -"para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de " -"trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, " -"combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá " -"oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a " -"documentação e o X." +msgstr "Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a documentação e o X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2182,37 +1729,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumo de diversos parâmetros" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2221,11 +1765,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, " -"dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo " -"DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você " -"quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2241,12 +1781,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso horário</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma " -"preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=" -"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2258,9 +1795,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Região</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a " -"configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2270,21 +1805,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciador de Inicialização</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." +msgstr "DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" +msgstr "Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" +msgstr "Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -2294,11 +1826,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciamento de usuário</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus " -"próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2310,19 +1840,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serviços</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no " -"background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar " -"certas tarefas." +msgstr "Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar certas tarefas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um " -"erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." +msgstr "Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2344,9 +1869,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender " -"do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." +msgstr "Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2358,9 +1881,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, " -"tablets, trackballs, etc" +msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, tablets, trackballs, etc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2370,13 +1891,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placa de Som</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar " -"um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, " -"mas nenhum deles é o padrão." +msgstr "O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, mas nenhum deles é o padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2385,25 +1903,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface Gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." +msgstr "Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2422,20 +1937,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias " -"non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de " -"Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os " -"repositórios de mídia Nonfree." +msgstr "Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os repositórios de mídia Nonfree." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu " -"firewall para ver aquela interface também." +msgstr "Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu firewall para ver aquela interface também." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2448,19 +1957,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a " -"Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um " -"serviço proxy." +msgstr "Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um serviço proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os " -"parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2475,11 +1979,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nível de Segurança</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos " -"casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2496,62 +1998,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os " -"patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." +msgstr "Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas " -"opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." +msgstr "Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." +msgstr "Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partição" +msgstr "Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partição" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar " -"espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nível de Segurança" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2562,17 +2052,14 @@ msgstr "Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." +msgstr "Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de " -"segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." +msgstr "Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2591,24 +2078,18 @@ msgstr "definição" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "" -"Chamamos a mídia aqui um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite instalar ou " -"atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO " -"é copiado." +msgstr "Aqui, um meio (plural: mídia) é um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite que você instale e / ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão, qualquer suporte físico do arquivo ISO é copiado para." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" -"Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">aqui</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aqui</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2621,74 +2102,80 @@ msgstr "Classical installation media" msgid "Common features" msgstr "características comuns" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estas ISOs usar o instalador tradicional chamado DrakX." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eles são capazes de fazer uma instalação limpa ou uma atualização de versões anteriores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diferentes meios para arquitetura de 32 ou 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Algumas ferramentas estão disponíveis na tela de boas-vindas: Resgatar Sistema, teste de memória, hardware ferramenta de detecção." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cada DVD contém muitos ambientes de trabalho disponíveis e idiomas." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Você vai ser dada a opção durante a instalação para adicionar software non free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ambas as arquitecturas estão presentes na mesma forma, a escolha é feita automaticamente de acordo com a CPU detectada." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "Desktop XFCE." +msgstr "Usa apenas a área de trabalho Xfce." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" -"Apenas algumas línguas (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, PT-BR, " -"ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!" +msgstr "Nem todos os idiomas estão disponíveis. (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, ru, sv, uk) que serão verificados!" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contém software non free." @@ -2698,73 +2185,73 @@ msgstr "Contém software non free." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Mídia Live" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "" -"Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem antes de instalá-lo em um " -"disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu disco rígido." +msgstr "Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem instalá-lo em um disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu HDD." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 -#, fuzzy msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "Contém ISO apenas para um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME)." +msgstr "Cada ISO contém apenas um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações " -"limpas, elas não podem ser usadas para atualizar a partir de versões " -"anteriores.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações limpas, elas não podem ser usadas para atualizar a partir de versões anteriores.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 -#, fuzzy msgid "They contain non free software." -msgstr "Contém software non free." +msgstr "Contém software não-livre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Ambiente de desktop KDE apenas." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Idioma Inglês apenas." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 -#, fuzzy msgid "32 bit only." -msgstr "32 bits apenas." +msgstr "Apenas 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas." @@ -2774,7 +2261,8 @@ msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Todas as línguas estão presente." @@ -2786,174 +2274,179 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot-only CD media" -msgstr "Boot-somente, mídia CDs" +msgstr "Mídia em CD apenas para boot." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." -msgstr "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." +msgstr "Cada um é uma pequena imagem que não contém mais do que aquilo que é necessário para iniciar o instalador DrakX e encontrar DrakX-installer-stage2 e outros pacotes que são necessários para continuar e concluir a instalação. Estes pacotes podem ser no disco rígido do PC, em uma unidade local, em uma rede local ou na Internet." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estes meios são muito leves (menos de 100 MB) e são convenientes quando a largura de banda é muito baixo para baixar um DVD completo, um PC sem um drive de DVD ou um PC que não pode arrancar a partir de um stick USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contém apenas software livre, para aqueles que rejeitam software não-livre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contém software não-livre (na maior parte drivers, codecs...) para quem precisa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Baixando e verificando mídia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 msgid "Downloading" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Downloading" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Depois de ter escolhido o seu arquivo ISO, você pode baixá-lo usando http ou BitTorrent. Em ambos os casos, uma janela dá-lhe algumas informações, como o espelho em uso e a possibilidade de mudar, se a largura de banda é baixa. Se http for escolhido, você também pode ver algo como" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Usar apenas uma delas. Ambos os números hexadecimais foram calculadas por um algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pergunta a esses algoritmos para recalcular esse número com o arquivo baixado, ou você tem o mesmo número e seu arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você tem uma falha. Uma falha infere que você deve repetir a download.Then esta janela será exibida:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png \" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marque Salvar arquivo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verificando a integridade de mídia baixada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abra um console, não há necessidade de ser root, e:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Para usar o md5sum, digite: [sam@localhost] $ <userinput>md5sum caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Para usar sha1sum, digite: [padula@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "e comparar o número obtido em seu computador (você pode ter que esperar por um tempo) com o número dado pelo Mageia. exemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Queimar ou despejar a ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A ISO verificado agora pode ser gravado em um CD ou DVD ou jogados para um stick USB. Estas operações não são uma cópia simples e visam tornar um meio de inicialização-poder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gravando a ISO para o CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." +msgstr "Use o queimador que você deseja, mas assegurar o dispositivo de gravação está definido corretamente para <emphasis role=\"bold\">gravar uma imagem</emphasis>, gravar arquivos de dados ou não está correto. Há mais informações em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Despejar a ISO para um pendrive USB " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todas as ISOs Mageia são híbridos, o que significa que você pode 'despejar' los para um stick USB e usá-lo para inicializar e instalar o sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 @@ -2961,165 +2454,172 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "" +msgstr "o \"dumping\" uma imagem em um dispositivo flash destrói qualquer sistema de arquivo anterior no dispositivo; quaisquer outros dados serão perdidos e a capacidade de separação irá ser reduzida ao tamanho da imagem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para recuperar a capacidade original, você deve re-formatar o pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usando Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "Você pode usar uma ferramenta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Você também pode usar a ferramenta dd em um console:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abra um console" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Torne-se root com o comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (não se esqueça a final '-')" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conecte seu cartão USB (não montá-lo, isso também significa não abrir qualquer aplicativo ou gerenciador de arquivos que podem acessar ou lê-lo)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Digite o comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Encontre o nome do dispositivo para o seu pendrive USB (pelo seu tamanho), por exemplo, /dev/sdb na imagem acima, é um pendrive USB de 8Gb." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entre cm o comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Onde X= nome do dispositivo, por exemplo: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "Exemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Digite o comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desplugue o seu pendrive USB, depois de feito" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "usando o Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "You could try:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Você poderia tentar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalação Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "" +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "Este passo é descrito em <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">a documentação Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." -msgstr "" -"Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">aqui</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." +msgstr "Mais informações estão disponíveis em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selecione seu país / região" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3127,19 +2627,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de " -"configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país " -"errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." +msgstr "Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</" -"guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3148,11 +2643,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, " -"depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma " -"primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua " -"escolha real." +msgstr "Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua escolha real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3163,23 +2654,14 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um " -"método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem " -"a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é " -"o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/" -"Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será " -"definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem " -"configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) " -"também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou " -"as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3187,11 +2669,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, " -"você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando " -"\"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake " -"(gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." +msgstr "Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando \"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake (gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3201,11 +2679,9 @@ msgstr "Instalar ou atualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3216,9 +2692,7 @@ msgstr "Instalar" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</" -"application>. ." +msgstr "Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</application>. ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3231,10 +2705,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em " -"seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a " -"versão mais recente." +msgstr "Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a versão mais recente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3242,50 +2713,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda " -"suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi " -"exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já " -"tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor " -"fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</" -"literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível " -"reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que " -"a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, " -"o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito " -"bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito " -"certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as " -"três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, " -"pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para " -"reiniciar." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você " -"pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de " -"escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " -"<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3297,59 +2749,43 @@ msgstr "Teclado" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado " -"adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." +msgstr "DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " -"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. " -"Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas " -"especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. " -"Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também " -"pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</" -"guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</" -"guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do " -"teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode " -"ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você " -"escolheu da lista completa." +msgstr "Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você escolheu da lista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3357,10 +2793,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma " -"tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os " -"layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." +msgstr "Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3373,52 +2806,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o " -"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa " -"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." +msgstr "Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, " -"para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão " -"<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser " -"difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão <guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um " -"deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será " -"marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." +msgstr "Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é " -"aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." +msgstr "Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3426,66 +2845,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela " -"\"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A " -"desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." +msgstr "A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela \"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de " -"Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." +msgstr "Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selecione o mouse" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode " -"selecionar um diferente aqui." +msgstr "Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode selecionar um diferente aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 " -"ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> " -"para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais " -"botões." +msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais botões." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -3494,15 +2899,11 @@ msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -3510,104 +2911,84 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, " -"pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do " -"Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." +msgstr "Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." -msgstr "" +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." +msgstr "Se você escolheu <code>Grub 2</code> como seu gerenciador de inicialização, você não pode usar esta ferramenta para editar entradas neste passo, pressione 'Next'. Você precisa editar manualmente <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou usar <code>grub-customizer</code> em seu lugar." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo " -"de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." +msgstr "Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la " -"completamente." +msgstr "Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha " -"durante a inicialização." +msgstr "A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha durante a inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não " -"tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." +msgstr "Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização " -"(bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo " -"instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização (bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você " -"precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de " -"inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." +msgstr "Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3626,20 +3007,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) " -"GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já " -"tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los " -"ao seu novo menu de inicialização." +msgstr "Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los ao seu novo menu de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização " -"opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." +msgstr "A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3647,19 +3022,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, " -"atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos " -"se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." +msgstr "Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 " -"que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." +msgstr "A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3670,26 +3040,18 @@ msgstr "Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você " -"precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e " -"clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de " -"Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do " -"Gerenciador de Inicialização." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir " -"sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante " -"a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." +msgstr "Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3700,28 +3062,19 @@ msgstr "Para ficar claro, sda é um dispositivo, sda7 é uma partição." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar " -"onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de " -"volta para a tela do instalador." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de volta para a tela do instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de " -"Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na " -"maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de " -"instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-" -"lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em " -"questão." +msgstr "O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em questão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3732,78 +3085,66 @@ msgstr "Opções Avançadas do Gerenciador de Inicialização" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</" -"literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em " -"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a " -"cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre " -"adicional." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre adicional." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Detecção de disco rígido" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não " -"detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de " -"instalar os drivers necessários." +msgstr "O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de instalar os drivers necessários." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o " -"dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." +msgstr "Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "" -"O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." +msgstr "O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de Som" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3811,9 +3152,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som " -"foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." +msgstr "Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3823,25 +3162,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a " -"instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar " -"<command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de " -"Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar " -"em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da " -"tela." +msgstr "O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar <command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da tela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em " -"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de " -"problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como " -"resolver o problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como resolver o problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3854,68 +3184,57 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é " -"útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers " -"disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." +msgstr "Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no " -"<guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" +msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no <guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua " -"escolha." +msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar " -"todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco " -"rígido." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco rígido." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desinstalando Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:9 msgid "Howto" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Howto" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:11 @@ -3923,34 +3242,34 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se Mageia não convencê-lo ou você não pode instalá-lo corretamente, em suma, você quer se livrar dele. Esse é o seu direito e Mageia também lhe dá a possibilidade de desinstalar. Isso não é verdade para cada sistema operacional." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "" +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "Após o backup de dados, reinicie sua instalação Mageia DVD e selecione sistema de Resgate, então, a restauração do gerenciador de inicialização. Na próxima inicialização, você só vai ter o Windows sem opção de escolher o seu sistema operacional." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "" +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "Para recuperar o espaço usado por divisórias Mageia no Windows, clique em <code>Iniciar -> Painel de Controle -> Ferramentas Administrativas -> Gerenciamento do Computador -> Armazenamento -> Gerenciamento de disco</code> para aceder à gestão partição. Você vai reconhecer a partição Mageia, porque eles são rotulados <guilabel>Desconhecido</guilabel>, e também pelo seu tamanho e lugar no disco. Botão direito do mouse sobre cada uma dessas partições e selecione <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton>. O espaço será liberado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se você estiver usando o Windows XP, você pode criar uma nova partição e formatá-lo (FAT32 ou NTFS). Ele vai receber uma carta de partição." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3958,15 +3277,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "Se você tiver Vista ou 7, você tem mais uma possibilidade, você pode estender a partição existente que está à esquerda do espaço libertado. Há outras ferramentas de particionamento que podem ser usados, como o GParted, disponível para Windows e Linux. Como sempre, ao alterar partições, tenha muito cuidado, e certificar-se de todas as coisas importantes foram incluídos no backup." diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml index 1af000ae..0f9b2023 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz durante a instalação.</para> </note></para> - <para>Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> @@ -131,7 +131,5 @@ Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 2c5aff10..4aa0f4a0 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>definição</title> - <para>Chamamos a mídia aqui um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite instalar ou -atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO -é copiado.</para> + <para>Aqui, um meio (plural: mídia) é um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite que +você instale e / ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão, qualquer suporte +físico do arquivo ISO é copiado para.</para> <para>Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href="http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">aqui</link>.</para> @@ -27,11 +27,12 @@ atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>Estas ISOs usar o instalador tradicional chamado DrakX.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + <para>Eles são capazes de fazer uma instalação limpa ou uma atualização de versões +anteriores.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -41,21 +42,21 @@ atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Diferentes meios para arquitetura de 32 ou 64 bits.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, -Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + <para>Algumas ferramentas estão disponíveis na tela de boas-vindas: Resgatar +Sistema, teste de memória, hardware ferramenta de detecção.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Cada DVD contém muitos ambientes de trabalho disponíveis e idiomas.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>Você vai ser dada a opção durante a instalação para adicionar software non +free.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -65,17 +66,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made -automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + <para>Ambas as arquitecturas estão presentes na mesma forma, a escolha é feita +automaticamente de acordo com a CPU detectada.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Desktop XFCE.</para> + <para>Usa apenas a área de trabalho Xfce.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Apenas algumas línguas (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, PT-BR, -ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!</para> + <para>Nem todos os idiomas estão disponíveis. (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, +PL, PT, ru, sv, uk) que serão verificados!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -93,16 +94,17 @@ ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem antes de instalá-lo em um -disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu disco rígido.</para> + <para>Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem instalá-lo em um disco +rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Contém ISO apenas para um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME).</para> + <para>Cada ISO contém apenas um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -112,7 +114,7 @@ anteriores.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Contém software non free.</para> + <para>Contém software não-livre.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -130,7 +132,7 @@ anteriores.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits apenas.</para> + <para>Apenas 32 bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -148,7 +150,7 @@ anteriores.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits apenas.</para> + <para>Apenas 32 bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -166,7 +168,7 @@ anteriores.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -184,34 +186,35 @@ anteriores.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-somente, mídia CDs</title> + <title>Mídia em CD apenas para boot.</title> <section> <title>características comuns</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> + <para>Cada um é uma pequena imagem que não contém mais do que aquilo que é +necessário para iniciar o instalador DrakX e encontrar +DrakX-installer-stage2 e outros pacotes que são necessários para continuar e +concluir a instalação. Estes pacotes podem ser no disco rígido do PC, em uma +unidade local, em uma rede local ou na Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>Estes meios são muito leves (menos de 100 MB) e são convenientes quando a +largura de banda é muito baixo para baixar um DVD completo, um PC sem um +drive de DVD ou um PC que não pode arrancar a partir de um stick USB.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -225,7 +228,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contém apenas software livre, para aqueles que rejeitam software não-livre.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -235,8 +238,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need -it.</para> + <para>Contém software não-livre (na maior parte drivers, codecs...) para quem +precisa.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -244,46 +247,47 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Baixando e verificando mídia.</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Depois de ter escolhido o seu arquivo ISO, você pode baixá-lo usando http ou +BitTorrent. Em ambos os casos, uma janela dá-lhe algumas informações, como o +espelho em uso e a possibilidade de mudar, se a largura de banda é baixa. Se +http for escolhido, você também pode ver algo como</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of -them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this -number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> + <para>md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Usar +apenas uma delas. Ambos os números hexadecimais foram calculadas por um +algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pergunta a esses algoritmos +para recalcular esse número com o arquivo baixado, ou você tem o mesmo +número e seu arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você +tem uma falha. Uma falha infere que você deve repetir a download.Then esta +janela será exibida:</para> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png " /> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + <para>Marque Salvar arquivo.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + <title>Verificando a integridade de mídia baixada</title> - <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + <para>Abra um console, não há necessidade de ser root, e:</para> - <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum -path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + <para>- Para usar o md5sum, digite: [sam@localhost] $ <userinput>md5sum +caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> - <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum -path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + <para>- Para usar sha1sum, digite: [padula@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> - <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a -while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + <para>e comparar o número obtido em seu computador (você pode ter que esperar por +um tempo) com o número dado pelo Mageia. exemplo:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -294,52 +298,53 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> </section> <section> - <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + <title>Queimar ou despejar a ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>A ISO verificado agora pode ser gravado em um CD ou DVD ou jogados para um +stick USB. Estas operações não são uma cópia simples e visam tornar um meio +de inicialização-poder.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> - - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly -to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia -wiki</link>.</para> + <title>Gravando a ISO para o CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use o queimador que você deseja, mas assegurar o dispositivo de gravação +está definido corretamente para <emphasis role="bold">gravar uma +imagem</emphasis>, gravar arquivos de dados ou não está correto. Há mais +informações em <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">wiki +Mageia</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Despejar a ISO para um pendrive USB </title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>Todas as ISOs Mageia são híbridos, o que significa que você pode 'despejar' +los para um stick USB e usá-lo para inicializar e instalar o sistema.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>o "dumping" uma imagem em um dispositivo flash destrói qualquer sistema de +arquivo anterior no dispositivo; quaisquer outros dados serão perdidos e a +capacidade de separação irá ser reduzida ao tamanho da imagem.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>Para recuperar a capacidade original, você deve re-formatar o pendrive USB.</para> <section> - <title>Using Mageia</title> + <title>Usando Mageia</title> - <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link + <para>Você pode usar uma ferramenta gráfica como <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> - <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + <para>Você também pode usar a ferramenta dd em um console:</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>Open a console</para> + <para>Abra um console</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> + <para>Torne-se root com o comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (não se esqueça a +final '-')</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -347,12 +352,12 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Conecte seu cartão USB (não montá-lo, isso também significa não abrir +qualquer aplicativo ou gerenciador de arquivos que podem acessar ou lê-lo)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + <para>Digite o comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -360,33 +365,33 @@ or file manager that read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb -in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + <para>Encontre o nome do dispositivo para o seu pendrive USB (pelo seu tamanho), +por exemplo, /dev/sdb na imagem acima, é um pendrive USB de 8Gb.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX + <para>Entre cm o comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Onde X= nome do dispositivo, por exemplo: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Exemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + <para>Digite o comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + <para>Desplugue o seu pendrive USB, depois de feito</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </section> <section> - <title>Using Windows</title> + <title>usando o Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>Você poderia tentar:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -399,14 +404,14 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> </section> <section> - <title>Mageia Installation</title> + <title>Instalação Mageia</title> - <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the -Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + <para>Este passo é descrito em <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">a +documentação Mageia</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia + <para>Mais informações estão disponíveis em <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index fd5321db..a52731f2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,35 +1,41 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>Se você escolheu <code>Grub 2</code> como seu gerenciador de inicialização, +você não pode usar esta ferramenta para editar entradas neste passo, +pressione 'Next'. Você precisa editar manualmente +<code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou usar <code>grub-customizer</code> em +seu lugar.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão.</para> + <para>Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la completamente.</para> + <para>A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha durante a inicialização.</para> -<warning><para>Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não -tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não +tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po index 61606503..19aea4a9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro.po +++ b/docs/installer/ro.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013 # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013 @@ -12,15 +12,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-08 11:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ro/)\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"ro/)\n" +"Language: ro\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ro\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?" +"2:1));\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -30,9 +32,11 @@ msgstr "Licența și Notele ediției" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -42,31 +46,39 @@ msgstr "Contract de licență" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți cu atenție contractul de licență." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți " +"cu atenție contractul de licență." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</" +"application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va reporni." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o " +"privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va " +"reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -78,7 +90,9 @@ msgstr "Nota ediției" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</" +"application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -91,27 +105,32 @@ msgstr "ro" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selectare medii (configurați mediile de instalare suplimentare)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat în etapele următoare." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți " +"adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. " +"Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru " +"selectat în etapele următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -131,38 +150,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie." +msgstr "" +"Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). " +"Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele " +"gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL " +"puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestionare utilizatori și administratori" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -174,20 +195,30 @@ msgstr "Definiți parola administratorului (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca <emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit." +msgstr "" +"Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă " +"să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca " +"<emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în " +"căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în " +"funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va " +"trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele " +"două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și caractere speciale." +msgstr "" +"Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să " +"utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și " +"caractere speciale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -200,29 +231,41 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său." +msgstr "" +"Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține " +"drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga " +"pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva " +"ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba pictograma utilizatorului." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba " +"pictograma utilizatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al utilizatorului." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al " +"utilizatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la majuscule.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului " +"utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al " +"utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la " +"majuscule.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -230,22 +273,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul " +"căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și " +"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului " +"și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă protejat la scriere)." +msgstr "" +"Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor " +"avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă " +"protejat la scriere)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -253,14 +304,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere." +msgstr "" +"Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - " +"Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal " +"protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe cei adevărați după repornire." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este " +"recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe " +"cei adevărați după repornire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -268,7 +325,11 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa <emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare utilizatori</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, " +"va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa " +"<emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare " +"utilizatori</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -286,7 +347,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat." +msgstr "" +"Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un " +"ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care " +"îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -294,7 +358,11 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi șters la deconectare. Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele importante pe o cheie USB." +msgstr "" +"Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit " +"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi " +"șters la deconectare. Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele " +"importante pe o cheie USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -302,7 +370,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai restrînse decît un utilizator normal." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau " +"dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se " +"conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai " +"restrînse decît un utilizator normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -310,7 +382,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să " +"schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, " +"iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -318,42 +393,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul " +"adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți " +"despre ce este vorba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot " +"un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu " +"știți despre ce este vorba." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Alegeți punctele de montare" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -361,46 +442,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. " +"Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</" +"application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină)." +msgstr "" +"Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</" +"literal> (rădăcină)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, „Punct de montare”, „Tip”)." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, " +"„Punct de montare”, „Tip”)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)." +msgstr "" +"„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului " +"dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite " +"din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de " +"montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți " +"filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/" +"home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți nevoie să le accesați." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți " +"nevoie să le accesați." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -408,15 +506,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și mărimea." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și " +"apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În " +"ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și " +"mărimea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile " +"sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -426,9 +531,11 @@ msgstr "Selectarea biroului" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru a vă afina alegerea." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru " +"a vă afina alegerea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -436,14 +543,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul <guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării " +"pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul " +"<guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -455,21 +567,30 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete instalate implicit." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</" +"application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție " +"de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe <guilabel>Personalizat</" +"guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau " +"dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii " +"grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît " +"celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete " +"instalate implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selectarea grupurilor de pachete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -478,7 +599,11 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul." +msgstr "" +"Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce " +"este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, " +"totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt " +"disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -500,74 +625,91 @@ msgstr "Mediu grafic de lucru" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele." +msgstr "" +"Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a " +"adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile " +"despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Selectare individuală a pachetelor" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza instalarea." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza " +"instalarea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același buton și alegeți să o încărcați." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu " +"dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele " +"alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă " +"pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același " +"buton și alegeți să o încărcați." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurați serviciile" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea sistemului." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea " +"sistemului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l " +"destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -579,48 +721,60 @@ msgstr "Configurările alese de DrakX sînt de obicei bune." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în infobula de dedesubt." +msgstr "" +"Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în " +"infobula de dedesubt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți." +msgstr "" +"Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configurați fusul orar" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus orar." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus " +"orar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe " +"GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, " +"asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -630,24 +784,31 @@ msgstr "Alegeți un server X (configurați placa grafică)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. " +msgstr "" +"DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va " +"identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model " +"aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -670,7 +831,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de " +"date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot " +"potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -678,14 +842,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază." +msgstr "" +"Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți " +"generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot " +"corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul " +"<emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la interfața în linie de comandă." +msgstr "" +"Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la " +"interfața în linie de comandă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -693,30 +863,37 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului." +msgstr "" +"Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt " +"disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt " +"disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima repornire." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. " +"Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima " +"repornire." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configurare placă grafică și ecran" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -725,19 +902,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe o interfață grafică sistem numită <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că <application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că alegarea este incorectă. " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru " +"această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe " +"o interfață grafică sistem numită <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau " +"mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " +"sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</" +"acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că " +"<application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că " +"alegarea este incorectă. " #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa grafică din listă dacă este necesar." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa " +"grafică din listă dacă este necesar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -747,7 +935,13 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale monitorului." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista " +"de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</" +"guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să " +"specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale " +"monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -759,7 +953,9 @@ msgstr "Ratele de împrospătare incorecte pot distruge monitorul." msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici " +"rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -767,19 +963,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare " +"mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii " +"aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii " +"aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă " +"nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea " +"reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este " +"disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și dezactiva diverse opțiuni." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și " +"dezactiva diverse opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -791,7 +996,9 @@ msgstr "Alegeți monitorul" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în general va identifica în mod corect monitorul." +msgstr "" +"DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în " +"general va identifica în mod corect monitorul." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -800,15 +1007,21 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge " +"monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce " +"faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -819,10 +1032,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizat</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de " +"împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de " +"împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar " +"rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -831,7 +1048,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația monitorului." +msgstr "" +"Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați " +"să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă " +"aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația " +"monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -843,7 +1064,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului din baza de date cu monitoare." +msgstr "" +"Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului " +"din baza de date cu monitoare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -855,7 +1078,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricant</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în ordine:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți " +"referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în " +"ordine:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -876,11 +1102,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații " +"de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele " +"utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de " +"monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> " +"cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se " +"recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -890,47 +1122,63 @@ msgstr "Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai putea demara." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă " +"asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați " +"criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai " +"putea demara." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe." +msgstr "" +"Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura " +"partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea " +"și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv " +"de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge " +"toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, redimensiona sau chiar șterge." +msgstr "" +"Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. " +"Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, " +"redimensiona sau chiar șterge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -953,21 +1201,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de " +"partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de partiționare și conținutul discurilor." +msgstr "" +"Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de " +"partiționare și conținutul discurilor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -979,7 +1234,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizează partițiile existente" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare." +msgstr "" +"Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente " +"compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -989,9 +1246,11 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va " +"utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1001,9 +1260,11 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber de pe o partiție Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul vă poate propune să-l utilizeze." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul " +"vă poate propune să-l utilizeze." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1011,7 +1272,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!" +msgstr "" +"Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua " +"instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine " +"că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1022,7 +1286,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale." +msgstr "" +"Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. " +"Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima " +"dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și " +"defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele " +"de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. " +"Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1037,7 +1307,9 @@ msgstr "Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți grijă!" +msgstr "" +"ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți " +"grijă!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1045,7 +1317,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați această opțiune." +msgstr "" +"Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți " +"deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați " +"această opțiune." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1055,9 +1330,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile dure." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile " +"dure." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1066,10 +1343,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:" +msgstr "" +"Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul " +"standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel " +"de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată " +"în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de " +"ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l " +"partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum " +"gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1085,7 +1369,9 @@ msgstr "\"Spațiu liber precedent (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de megaocteți." +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de " +"megaocteți." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1102,8 +1388,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februarie 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1126,10 +1411,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul instalării." +msgstr "" +"Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție " +"de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul " +"instalării." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1140,64 +1428,85 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența " +"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la " +"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Felicitări" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și redemara calculatorul." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</" +"application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și " +"redemara calculatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "După redemarare, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege dintre sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult de unul)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"După redemarare, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege " +"dintre sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult " +"de unul)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va fi selectată și pornită automat." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va " +"fi selectată și pornită automat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1209,31 +1518,38 @@ msgstr "Profitați!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți la Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți " +"la Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatare în curs" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe " +"partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1245,7 +1561,9 @@ msgstr "În general trebuiesc formatate cel puțin partițiile selectate de Dral msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care " +"doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1254,14 +1572,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe " +"<guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și " +"apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul " +"principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</" +"guibutton> pentru a continua." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1274,14 +1598,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît se poate de ușor." +msgstr "" +"Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul " +"Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît " +"se poate de ușor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie." +msgstr "" +"Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea " +"care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1296,15 +1625,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:" +msgstr "" +"Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1322,31 +1653,41 @@ msgstr "Din acest prim ecran se pot defini cîteva preferințe personale:" msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru sistem) apăsînd tasta F2" +msgstr "" +"Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru " +"sistem) apăsînd tasta F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER." +msgstr "" +"Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune: <guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel> și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se " +"utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune: " +"<guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel> " +"și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1355,8 +1696,10 @@ msgstr "Schimbați rezoluția ecranului apăsînd tasta F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1369,7 +1712,11 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou utilizînd una din opțiunile suplimentare. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o linie nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel> și propune patru intrări:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou " +"utilizînd una din opțiunile suplimentare. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o " +"linie nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel> și propune " +"patru intrări:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1381,28 +1728,37 @@ msgstr "- Implicit, nu modifică nimic în opțiunile implicite." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în detrimentul performanțelor. " +msgstr "" +"- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în " +"detrimentul performanțelor. " #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea energiei nu este luată în considerare." +msgstr "" +"- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea " +"energiei nu este luată în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă sînteți întrebat." +msgstr "" +"- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este " +"vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă " +"sînteți întrebat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite " +"afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1410,12 +1766,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>, însă acestea sînt luate în considerare." +msgstr "" +"În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu " +"tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>, însă " +"acestea sînt luate în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1428,12 +1789,18 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de întîmpinare." +msgstr "" +"Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni " +"disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea " +"mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de " +"întîmpinare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1442,12 +1809,18 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați <guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demaraj</guilabel> pentru a reveni la lista cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați " +"<guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demaraj</guilabel> pentru a reveni la lista " +"cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni " +"de demaraj</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1459,17 +1832,22 @@ msgstr "Cu tasta F2 aveți ajutorul tradus în limba aleasă." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):" +msgstr "" +"Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de " +"instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare prin rețea filară, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>." +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe " +"ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare " +"prin rețea filară, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1479,9 +1857,11 @@ msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii este cea americană." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1491,24 +1871,30 @@ msgstr "Etapele instalării" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot " +"fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei mai puțin necesare." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor " +"butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei " +"mai puțin necesare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai multe explicații pentru etapa actuală." +msgstr "" +"Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai " +"multe explicații pentru etapa actuală." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1518,10 +1904,18 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." +msgstr "" +"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm " +"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție " +"a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, " +"calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu " +"un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că " +"doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1533,25 +1927,32 @@ msgstr "Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Fără interfață grafică" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter." +msgstr "" +"După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru " +"se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să " +"utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu ENTER. Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul „boot:”. Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod text." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie " +"posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru " +"aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu ENTER. " +"Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul „boot:”. " +"Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod " +"text." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1566,7 +1967,13 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte opțiuni." +msgstr "" +"Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate " +"însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz " +"detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai " +"tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la " +"prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte " +"opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1578,9 +1985,13 @@ msgstr "Problemă de memorie" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea " +"de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica " +"manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea " +"corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1593,39 +2004,44 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul „dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază, consultați documentația Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul " +"„dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea " +"instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază, " +"consultați documentația Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft." +"com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/" +"cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualizări" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite." +msgstr "" +"De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, " +"unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1633,7 +2049,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le " +"instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest " +"lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1645,55 +2064,72 @@ msgstr "Apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selectare medii (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare." +msgstr "" +"Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt " +"disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. " +"Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru " +"selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține baza distribuției." +msgstr "" +"Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține " +"baza distribuției." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc." +msgstr "" +"Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care " +"Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de " +"unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest " +"depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și " +"ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o " +"licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest " +"depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de " +"exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere " +"audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1704,9 +2140,11 @@ msgstr "Instalare minimală" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția " +"grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1715,14 +2153,21 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze <application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze " +"<application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau " +"o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune " +"combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X." +msgstr "" +"Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva " +"opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1730,34 +2175,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Rezumatul parametrilor diverși" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1766,7 +2214,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție " +"de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. " +"Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd " +"<guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1782,9 +2234,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fus orar</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl " +"puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1796,7 +2251,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Țară / Regiune</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara " +"selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1806,7 +2263,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem." +msgstr "" +"DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 @@ -1817,7 +2275,8 @@ msgstr "Nu schimbați nimic dacă nu știți cum să configurați Grub și/sau L #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -1827,9 +2286,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestionare utilizatori</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său director <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său " +"director <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1841,19 +2302,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicii</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal (demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite sarcini." +msgstr "" +"Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal " +"(demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite " +"sarcini." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului." +msgstr "" +"Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală " +"poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1870,7 +2337,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatură</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de " +"locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1882,7 +2351,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum tablete, trackball-uri, etc." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum " +"tablete, trackball-uri, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1892,10 +2363,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placă de sunet</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit." +msgstr "" +"Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a " +"selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți " +"pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1904,22 +2378,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfață grafică</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/" +">." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1938,14 +2415,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după redemarare, din <application>Centrul de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele mediilor Nonfree." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non " +"liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după redemarare, din " +"<application>Centrul de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat " +"încă depozitele mediilor Nonfree." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să supravegheze și acea interfață." +msgstr "" +"Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să " +"supravegheze și acea interfață." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1958,14 +2441,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un serviciu de proxy." +msgstr "" +"Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. " +"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un " +"serviciu de proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a " +"obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1980,14 +2468,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de securitate</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită pentru o utilizare o obișnuită." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în " +"majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită " +"pentru o utilizare o obișnuită." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul de utilizare." +msgstr "" +"Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul de utilizare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -1999,50 +2491,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Parafoc</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura." +msgstr "" +"Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și " +"escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul." +msgstr "" +"Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor " +"depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)." +msgstr "" +"Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" +msgstr "" +"Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru a instala <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru " +"a instala <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivel de securitate" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2060,7 +2564,10 @@ msgstr "Lăsați parametrii impliciți așa cum sînt dacă nu știți ce să al msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia." +msgstr "" +"După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de " +"securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de " +"Control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2083,14 +2590,19 @@ msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Aici, un mediu (plural: medii) este o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/sau actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic pe care poate fi copiat fișierul ISO." +msgstr "" +"Aici, un mediu (plural: medii) este o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/" +"sau actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic pe " +"care poate fi copiat fișierul ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Le puteți găsi <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aici</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Le puteți găsi <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aici</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2103,80 +2615,80 @@ msgstr "Mediile de instalare clasice" msgid "Common features" msgstr "Caracteristici comune" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Aceste imagini ISO utilizează instalatorul tradițional numit drakx." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la o versiune precedentă." +msgstr "" +"Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la " +"o versiune precedentă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială" +msgstr "" +"Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, " +"Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Fiecare DVD conține multe medii de birou și limbi disponibile." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați aplicațiile proprietare." +msgstr "" +"Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați aplicațiile " +"proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD arhitectură duală" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat." +msgstr "" +"Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută " +"automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Utilizează doar mediul de birou Xfce." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Nu sînt disponibile toate limbile. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) DE VERIFICAT!" +msgstr "" +"Nu sînt disponibile toate limbile. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " +"pt, ru, sv, uk) DE VERIFICAT!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare." @@ -2186,38 +2698,38 @@ msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Mediile Live" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur." +msgstr "" +"Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala " +"și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Fiecare imagine ISO conține numai un mediu de birou (KDE sau GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la versiunile precedente.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a " +"efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la " +"versiunile precedente.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare." @@ -2227,21 +2739,18 @@ msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "LiveCD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Doar mediul de birou KDE." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Doar limba engleză." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Doar 32 de biți." @@ -2251,8 +2760,7 @@ msgstr "Doar 32 de biți." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "LiveCD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME." @@ -2262,8 +2770,7 @@ msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "LiveDVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Toate limbile sînt prezente." @@ -2278,51 +2785,59 @@ msgstr "LiveDVD GNOME" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "CD-uri doar pentru demarat" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi drakx-installer-stage2 sau alte pachete necesare pentru a continua și finaliza instalarea. Aceste pachete se pot afla pe discul calculatorului, pe un disc local, într-o rețea locală sau pe Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul " +"pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi drakx-installer-stage2 sau alte " +"pachete necesare pentru a continua și finaliza instalarea. Aceste pachete se " +"pot afla pe discul calculatorului, pe un disc local, într-o rețea locală sau " +"pe Internet." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB." +msgstr "" +"Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile " +"pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un " +"DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un " +"calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile proprietare." +msgstr "" +"Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile " +"proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru persoanele care au nevoie de ele." +msgstr "" +"Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru " +"persoanele care au nevoie de ele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 @@ -2337,30 +2852,43 @@ msgstr "Descărcare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul" +msgstr "" +"Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau " +"BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, " +"precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă " +"este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele. Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. În caz de eșec trebuie să încercați să-l mai descărcați odată. Apoi va apărea această fereastră:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului " +"ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele. Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost " +"calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din " +"nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați " +"descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, " +"ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. În caz de eșec trebuie să " +"încercați să-l mai descărcați odată. Apoi va apărea această fereastră:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2385,30 +2913,38 @@ msgstr "Deschideți o consolă, trebuie să fiți root, și:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/" +"to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " "path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) " +"cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -2420,7 +2956,10 @@ msgstr "Inscripționați sau copiați imaginea ISO" msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau pusă pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop să producă medie de pe care se poate demara." +msgstr "" +"Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau pusă " +"pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop să " +"producă medie de pe care se poate demara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 @@ -2432,10 +2971,14 @@ msgstr "Inscripționarea imaginii ISO pe un CD/DVD" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că este configurată corect pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">inscripționat o imagine</emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este potrivită. Mai multe informații găsiți în <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că " +"este configurată corect pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">inscripționat o imagine</" +"emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este potrivită. Mai " +"multe informații găsiți în <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 @@ -2447,7 +2990,9 @@ msgstr "Puneți imaginea ISO pe o cheie USB" msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „puse” pe o cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul." +msgstr "" +"Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „puse” pe o " +"cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 @@ -2455,12 +3000,16 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "„punerea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acel dispozitiv; toate datele vor fi pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO." +msgstr "" +"„punerea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice " +"sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acel dispozitiv; toate datele vor fi " +"pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să reformatați cheia USB." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să reformatați cheia USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 @@ -2470,97 +3019,101 @@ msgstr "Utilizînd Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Puteți utiliza utilitarul dd într-o consolă:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Deschideți o consolă" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de la final '-' )" +msgstr "" +"Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de " +"la final '-' )" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)" +msgstr "" +"Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau " +"gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Introduceți comanda <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu /dev/sdb în imaginea de mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go." +msgstr "" +"Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu /dev/sdb în imaginea de " +"mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " +"bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Unde X=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Exemplu: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Exemplu: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Deconectați cheia USB, ați terminat." @@ -2585,7 +3138,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -2595,32 +3150,38 @@ msgstr "Instalarea Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Această etapă este detaliată în <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Această etapă este detaliată în <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" +"doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selectați țara / regiunea" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2628,14 +3189,20 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza rețelele fără fir." +msgstr "" +"Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri " +"de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. " +"Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza " +"rețelele fără fir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte " +"țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2644,7 +3211,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe care ați făcut-o." +msgstr "" +"Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după " +"ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima " +"listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe " +"care ați făcut-o." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2655,14 +3226,23 @@ msgstr "Metodă de intrare" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de " +"intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie " +"cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este " +"metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/" +"India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi " +"definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai " +"trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, " +"HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat " +"mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2670,7 +3250,10 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți accesa după redemararea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -> „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți " +"accesa după redemararea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -" +"> „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2680,9 +3263,11 @@ msgstr "Instalare sau actualizare" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2693,7 +3278,9 @@ msgstr "Instalare" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2706,7 +3293,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima versiune." +msgstr "" +"Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe " +"calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima " +"versiune." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2714,31 +3304,48 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era <emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era " +"<emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a " +"fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care " +"și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai " +"bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm " +"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție " +"a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul " +"nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem " +"inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să " +"reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți " +"întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a " +"limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> " +"faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2750,43 +3357,61 @@ msgstr "Tastatură" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură US." +msgstr "" +"DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a " +"găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură " +"US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. " +"Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile " +"sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că " +"există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și " +"aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și selectați-o de acolo." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe " +"<guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și " +"selectați-o de acolo." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</" +"guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea " +"tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți " +"ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura " +"selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2794,7 +3419,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între dispunerea latină și non-latină." +msgstr "" +"Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de " +"dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între " +"dispunerea latină și non-latină." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2807,38 +3435,53 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. <application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat." +msgstr "" +"Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. " +"<application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul " +"instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după instalare." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, " +"pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să " +"utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le " +"adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după " +"instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv." +msgstr "" +"Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din " +"ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea " +"indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii." +msgstr "" +"Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este " +"recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2846,52 +3489,66 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor instalate." +msgstr "" +"Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi " +"dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii " +"dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor " +"instalate." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului." +msgstr "" +"Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control " +"Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selectați mausul" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul aici." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul " +"aici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și " +"USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu șase sau mai multe butoane." +msgstr "" +"Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</" +"guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu " +"șase sau mai multe butoane." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2901,10 +3558,13 @@ msgstr "Adăugați sau modificați o intrare din meniul de demaraj" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2912,84 +3572,108 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în acel moment." +msgstr "" +"Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe " +"butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de " +"sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în " +"acel moment." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "Dacă ați ales <code>Grub 2</code> ca încărcător de sistem, nu puteți utiliza această unealtă pentru a edita intrările în această etapă, apăsați „Înainte”. Va trebui să editați manual <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> sau să utilizați <code>grub-customizer</code>." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați ales <code>Grub 2</code> ca încărcător de sistem, nu puteți utiliza " +"această unealtă pentru a edita intrările în această etapă, apăsați " +"„Înainte”. Va trebui să editați manual <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> " +"sau să utilizați <code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc." +msgstr "" +"Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca " +"intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o puteți redenumi în întregime." +msgstr "" +"Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o " +"puteți redenumi în întregime." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici o alegere la pornire." +msgstr "" +"Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici " +"o alegere la pornire." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți." +msgstr "" +"Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu " +"încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor " +"aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest " +"caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem " +"existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3008,14 +3692,20 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR („Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le adauge în noul meniu de demaraj." +msgstr "" +"Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR " +"(„Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. " +"Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le " +"adauge în noul meniu de demaraj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. " +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus " +"de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3023,14 +3713,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit." +msgstr "" +"Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt " +"suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute " +"dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării." +msgstr "" +"Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 " +"care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3041,41 +3736,60 @@ msgstr "Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a încărcătorului de sistem. " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va " +"trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și " +"să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă " +"încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a " +"încărcătorului de sistem. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de exemplu: sda7)." +msgstr "" +"Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie " +"sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția " +"rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de " +"exemplu: sda7)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel dispozitiv." +msgstr "" +"Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel " +"dispozitiv." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> " +"ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl" +"+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune." +msgstr "" +"Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de " +"sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea " +"cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui " +"încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul " +"sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3086,48 +3800,56 @@ msgstr "Opțiunile avansate ale încărcătorului de sistem" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar " +"aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</" +"guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</" +"guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configurare SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor." +msgstr "" +"În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai " +"vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin " +"urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce discuri SCSI aveți." +msgstr "" +"Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce " +"discuri SCSI aveți." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3139,13 +3861,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX va putea atunci să le configureze corect." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configurare sunet" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3153,7 +3877,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul." +msgstr "" +"Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru " +"placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3163,16 +3889,24 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci executați <command>draksound</command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a ecranului." +msgstr "" +"Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă " +"întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci executați <command>draksound</" +"command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), " +"alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic " +"pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a " +"ecranului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați " +"pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> " +"pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3185,47 +3919,57 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. " +msgstr "" +"Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul " +"instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva " +"disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe " +"<guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmați formatarea discului dur" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de alegere." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de " +"alegere." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți " +"toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3243,34 +3987,51 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Dacă Mageia nu v-a convins sau nu ați putut să o instalați corect, pe scurt doriți să vă debarasați de ea. Aveți tot dreptul, iar Mageia vă oferă posibilitatea de a o dezinstala. Acest lucru nu este valabil pentru toate sistemele de operare." +msgstr "" +"Dacă Mageia nu v-a convins sau nu ați putut să o instalați corect, pe scurt " +"doriți să vă debarasați de ea. Aveți tot dreptul, iar Mageia vă oferă " +"posibilitatea de a o dezinstala. Acest lucru nu este valabil pentru toate " +"sistemele de operare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "După ce v-ați salvat datele, redemarați de pe DVD-ul Mageia și selectați „Recuperare sistem”, iar apoi „Restaurare încărcător de sistem Windows”. La următoarea redemarare veți avea numai Windows fără niciun alt meniu ca să vă alegeți sistemul de operare." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"După ce v-ați salvat datele, redemarați de pe DVD-ul Mageia și selectați " +"„Recuperare sistem”, iar apoi „Restaurare încărcător de sistem Windows”. La " +"următoarea redemarare veți avea numai Windows fără niciun alt meniu ca să vă " +"alegeți sistemul de operare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Pentru a recupera în Windows spațiul ocupat de partițiile Mageia, faceți clic pe <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> pentru a accesa gestionarea partițiilor. Veți recunoaște partițiile Mageia după eticheta <guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, dar și după mărimea și amplasamentul lor pe disc. Faceți clic pe una din aceste partiții și selectați <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. Spațiul va fi eliberat." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a recupera în Windows spațiul ocupat de partițiile Mageia, faceți " +"clic pe <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer " +"Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code> pentru a accesa gestionarea " +"partițiilor. Veți recunoaște partițiile Mageia după eticheta " +"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, dar și după mărimea și amplasamentul lor pe " +"disc. Faceți clic pe una din aceste partiții și selectați <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. Spațiul va fi eliberat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Dacă utilizați Windows XP, puteți crea o partiție nouă și s-o formatați (FAT32 sau NTFS). Aceasta va primi o literă de partiție." +msgstr "" +"Dacă utilizați Windows XP, puteți crea o partiție nouă și s-o formatați " +"(FAT32 sau NTFS). Aceasta va primi o literă de partiție." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3278,6 +4039,12 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Dacă aveți Vista sau 7, mai aveți o posibilitate în plus, puteți extinde partiția existentă care se află în partea stîngă a spațiului liber. Mai sînt și alte unelte de partiționare care pot fi utilizate, precum gparted, disponibil pentru Windows și Linux. Ca de obicei, fiți foarte atenți cînd modificați partițiile și asigurați-vă că ați făcut o copie de siguranță pentru lucrurile importante." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți Vista sau 7, mai aveți o posibilitate în plus, puteți extinde " +"partiția existentă care se află în partea stîngă a spațiului liber. Mai sînt " +"și alte unelte de partiționare care pot fi utilizate, precum gparted, " +"disponibil pentru Windows și Linux. Ca de obicei, fiți foarte atenți cînd " +"modificați partițiile și asigurați-vă că ați făcut o copie de siguranță " +"pentru lucrurile importante." diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml index d76e5118..8cf6dd10 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul instalării.</para> </note></para> - <para>Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index e75048a4..ca1816aa 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-15 00:22+0300\n" "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -108,9 +108,9 @@ msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "" "Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -167,19 +167,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Управление учётными записями пользователя и администратора" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous -#. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -428,17 +428,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Выберете точки монтированния" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -698,8 +698,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Настройка ваших служб" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -753,8 +753,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Настройки графической карты и монитора" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -1500,10 +1500,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Поздравляем" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text -#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" @@ -1563,10 +1563,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Форматирование" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -2070,10 +2070,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Обновления" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2117,9 +2117,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Выбор источника (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2243,18 +2243,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Резюме относительно других параметров" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2605,8 +2605,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Уровень безопасности" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -3248,8 +3248,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Выбор страны и региона" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3592,10 +3592,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Выбор драйвера мыши" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3728,8 +3728,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основные параметры загрузчика" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -3900,14 +3900,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Настройка SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3949,7 +3949,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Настройка звука" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -4027,12 +4027,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Подтверждение форматирования жесткого диска" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml index 8abbbdb2..99ee0a81 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ выбранного вами варианта установки.</para> </note></para> - <para>Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> @@ -132,7 +132,5 @@ ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команды <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 87509507..6731cd9b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/">здесь</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Они используют традиционный инсталлятор, называемый drakx.</para> + <para>Эти ISO используют традиционный инсталлятор, называемый drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/">здесь</link>.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Каждый DVD содержит любые доступные рабочие среды и языки.</para> + <para>Каждый DVD содержит многие доступные рабочие среды и языки.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -95,12 +95,12 @@ uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Можно воспользоваться для ознакомления с дистрибутивом без установки его на -жёсткий диск. Впрочем, если хочется, с помощью этого носителя можно -установить Mageia на ваш компьютер.</para> +жёсткий диск и опционально установить Mageia на ваш жёсткий диск. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO содержит только одну рабочую среду (KDE или GNOME).</para> + <para>Каждый ISO содержит только одну рабочую среду (KDE или GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -200,16 +200,17 @@ uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Каждый из таких малых образов содержит данные, необходимые для работы -инсталлятора drakx и поиска файла ISO, с помощью которого можно продолжить и -завершить установку. Такие файлы образов ISO могут храниться на жёстком -диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети или в интернете.</para> + <para>Каждый из таких малых образов содержит минимум данных, необходимых для +работы инсталлятора drakx и поиска drakx-installer-stage2, и другие пакеты, +которые нужны для продолжения и завершения установки. Такие пакеты могут +находиться на жёстком диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети +или в интернете.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Такие носители очень маленькие (менее 100 МБ). Ими удобно пользоваться, если -канал связи в сети слишком узкий для получения полноценного образа DVD, на -компьютерах без дисковода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать +канал связи в сети слишком узкий для загрузки полноценного образа DVD, на +компьютерах без привода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать систему с флэш-диска USB.</para> </listitem> @@ -270,7 +271,8 @@ uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!</para> вы попросите соответствующую программу снова вычислить шестнадцатеричное число на основе загруженного файла, то будет получено то же число (это означает что данные были загружены должным образом) или другое число -(следовательно, данные были загружены с ошибками). Вы увидите нечто:</para> +(следовательно, данные были загружены с ошибками). При несовпадении чисел +вам следует заново скачать образ. Вы увидите нечто:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -321,7 +323,7 @@ Mageia</link>.</para> <title>Запись образа ISO на USB флешку</title> <para>Все образы ISO Mageia являются гибридными, т.е. вы можете записывать их на -USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки или установки системы.</para> +USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки и установки системы.</para> <warning> <para>В результате «записи» образа на диск USB (флешку) все данные файловой @@ -378,9 +380,9 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <para>Введите команду: # <userinput>dd if=путь/до/файла/образа/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=имя Вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc Пример команды: # -<userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Где X=имя вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Например: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -419,4 +421,4 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">вики Mageia</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 03b75a44..7fad666e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,36 +1,43 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите соответствующую кнопку на странице <emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</emphasis>. В ответ будет показано окно редактирования.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>Если вами был выбран загрузчик <code>Grub 2</code>, то вы не сможете +воспользоваться этим инструментом для редактирования записей на следующем +шаге после нажатия кнопки «Далее». Вам следует воспользоваться другим +графическим инструментом для редактирования, в частности +<code>kcm-grub2</code>, <code>grub-customizer</code>, или внести изменения в +<code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> вручную.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке.</para> + <para>Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить название записи.</para> + <para>Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки.</para> -<warning><para>Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки -системы. Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам -достоверно неизвестно их назначение.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки +системы. Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам +достоверно неизвестно их назначение.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po index 0ed901df..b090622d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl.po +++ b/docs/installer/sl.po @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: -# filip.komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2013 +# Filip Komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2013 +# Filip Komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2013 +# Rok Kepa <rokkepa@gmail.com>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-09 19:12+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" -"language/sl/)\n" -"Language: sl\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n" -"%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Language: sl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -28,11 +28,9 @@ msgstr "Licenčna pogodba in opombe ob izdaji" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -42,39 +40,31 @@ msgstr "Licenčna pogodba" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Pred namestitvijo <application>Mageje</application> pozorno preberite " -"licenčne pogoje." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Pred namestitvijo <application>Mageje</application> pozorno preberite licenčne pogoje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Ti licenčni pogoji se nanašajo na celotno distribucijo <application>Mageia</" -"application>. Pred nadaljevanjem jih je potrebno sprejeti." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Ti licenčni pogoji se nanašajo na celotno distribucijo <application>Mageia</application>. Pred nadaljevanjem jih je potrebno sprejeti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Za sprejem preprosto označite <guilabel>Sprejmem</guilabel> in kliknite " -"gumb <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>." +msgstr "Za sprejem preprosto označite <guilabel>Sprejmem</guilabel> in kliknite gumb <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Zahvaljujemo se za vaš ogled tudi če se odločite, da teh pogojev ne boste " -"sprejeli. S klikom na gumb <guibutton>Izhod</guibutton> se bo vaš računalnik " -"ponovno zagnal." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Zahvaljujemo se za vaš ogled tudi če se odločite, da teh pogojev ne boste sprejeli. S klikom na gumb <guibutton>Izhod</guibutton> se bo vaš računalnik ponovno zagnal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -86,9 +76,7 @@ msgstr "Opombe ob izdaji" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Za ogled novosti te izdaje <application>Mageje</application> kliknite gumb " -"<guibutton>Opombe ob izdaji</guibutton>." +msgstr "Za ogled novosti te izdaje <application>Mageje</application> kliknite gumb <guibutton>Opombe ob izdaji</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -101,26 +89,25 @@ msgstr "sl" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Izbira virov (nastavitev dodatnih virov namestitve)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -149,29 +136,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -183,8 +172,8 @@ msgstr "Nastavite geslo skrbnika (uporabnika root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " @@ -229,8 +218,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -245,8 +234,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -282,7 +271,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dovoljenje dostopa lahko spremenite tudi po namestitvi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -333,8 +322,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -342,27 +331,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Izberite priklopne točke" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -382,8 +371,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -396,12 +385,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -422,9 +411,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -435,8 +424,8 @@ msgstr "Izbira namizja" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -452,9 +441,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -473,15 +460,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Izbira skupin paketov" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -517,8 +503,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -526,61 +512,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Izbira posamičnih paketov" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavite vaše storitve" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -605,31 +589,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Nastavite vaš časovni pas" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -647,13 +628,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -677,7 +655,7 @@ msgstr "Proizvajalec" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ime vaše kartice" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 @@ -725,19 +703,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavitev grafične kartice in monitorja" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -746,11 +723,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -773,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Napačna frekvenca osveževanja lahko poškoduje vaš monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 @@ -788,11 +765,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -826,13 +803,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -843,9 +817,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -900,10 +874,10 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -914,41 +888,39 @@ msgstr "Razdeljevanje diska po meri s programom DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -991,11 +963,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1017,8 +987,8 @@ msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1029,8 +999,8 @@ msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor v razdelku za Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1083,8 +1053,8 @@ msgstr "Po meri" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1094,8 +1064,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1128,12 +1098,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 msgid "February 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Februar 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 @@ -1142,11 +1113,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 @@ -1156,8 +1124,8 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" @@ -1170,24 +1138,24 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1195,34 +1163,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Čestitke" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1235,7 +1200,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 msgid "Enjoy!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uživajte" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:33 @@ -1249,20 +1214,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatiranje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 @@ -1295,8 +1257,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1326,11 +1288,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 @@ -1339,21 +1298,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 @@ -1370,12 +1324,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1386,18 +1336,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1406,12 +1353,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1469,12 +1412,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1491,12 +1430,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1509,12 +1444,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1533,42 +1464,41 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Postavitev tipkovnice je sedaj Ameriška" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Namestitveni koraki" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1586,8 +1516,8 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" @@ -1601,7 +1531,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " @@ -1609,14 +1540,15 @@ msgid "" "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1644,8 +1576,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1659,8 +1591,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1668,20 +1601,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Posodobitve" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 @@ -1708,27 +1643,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -1743,8 +1677,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1752,11 +1686,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1768,8 +1702,8 @@ msgstr "Minimalna namestitev" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1794,37 +1728,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1849,8 +1780,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Časovni pas</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1894,8 +1825,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1959,8 +1890,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -1971,7 +1902,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1982,11 +1914,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2030,8 +1961,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -2047,8 +1978,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2090,9 +2021,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2100,18 +2032,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Stopnja varnosti" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2157,8 +2086,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2172,12 +2101,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2186,26 +2117,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2216,26 +2151,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2245,33 +2184,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2281,18 +2225,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" @@ -2302,7 +2249,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2312,7 +2260,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2327,16 +2276,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2349,7 +2301,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " @@ -2361,7 +2314,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2381,28 +2335,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2411,11 +2362,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 @@ -2435,33 +2383,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -2485,8 +2430,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2522,8 +2468,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2531,82 +2477,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2635,22 +2587,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Minimalna namestitev" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2658,18 +2610,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2682,8 +2631,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2704,13 +2653,13 @@ msgstr "Način vnosa" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2729,11 +2678,9 @@ msgstr "Namestitev ali nadgradnja" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2765,30 +2712,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2806,36 +2753,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2866,24 +2812,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -2914,18 +2858,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -2937,8 +2880,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2955,15 +2898,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2978,20 +2917,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 @@ -3025,31 +2961,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Glavne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3103,16 +3039,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3125,8 +3061,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3134,8 +3070,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3148,9 +3084,9 @@ msgstr "Napredne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3158,28 +3094,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3198,9 +3135,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavitve zvoka" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -3230,14 +3167,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Napredno" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:44 @@ -3259,20 +3197,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3284,8 +3221,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3310,20 +3247,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3339,39 +3276,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Možnosti namestitve" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Možnosti jedra" +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po index ae0812fb..59ac5ab6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq.po +++ b/docs/installer/sq.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014 # Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014 @@ -10,14 +10,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"sq/)\n" -"Language: sq\n" +"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sq/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: sq\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -28,53 +27,43 @@ msgstr "Licenca dhe Shënime Lëshimit" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "Licenca e pajtueshmërisë" +msgstr "Licenca e Pajtueshmërisë" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e " -"licencës me kujdes." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e licencës me kujdes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë <application> Mageia </" -"application> shpërndarjes dhe duhet të pranohen para se të mund të vazhdojë." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë shpërndarjet <application>Mageia</application> dhe duhet të pranohen para se mund të vazhdohet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel> Prano </guilabel> dhe pastaj " -"klikoni në <guibutton> Tjetren </guibutton>." +msgstr "Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel>Prano</guilabel> dhe pastaj klikoni në <guibutton>Tjetrën</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për " -"kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin " -"tuaj." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -86,9 +75,7 @@ msgstr "Shënime lëshimi" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</" -"application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button." +msgstr "Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -101,32 +88,27 @@ msgstr "sq" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Përzgjedhja Media (Konfiguro Plotësues Media Instalimi)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime " -"të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja " -"burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje " -"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." +msgstr "Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -146,40 +128,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me " -"zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të " -"menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me " -"URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS." +msgstr "Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin " -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -191,32 +171,20 @@ msgstr "Vendos Fjalëkalim administratori (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</" -"application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim " -"administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> " -"në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës " -"së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të " -"fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një " -"fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në " -"kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni " -"shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato." +msgstr "Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një " -"përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera " -"në një fjalëkalim." +msgstr "Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera në një fjalëkalim." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -229,40 +197,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-" -"përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, " -"përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër " -"përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij" +msgstr "Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë " -"ikonën e përdoruesve." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë ikonën e përdoruesve." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në " -"këtë kuti teksti." +msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në këtë kuti teksti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës " -"ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. " -"<emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. <emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -270,31 +227,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të " -"shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë " -"të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref linkend=" -"\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e " -"përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të " -"njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të " -"lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi." +msgstr "Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -302,20 +250,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni " -"në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të " -"ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj." +msgstr "Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të " -"gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme " -"tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes." +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -323,11 +265,7 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të " -"dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në " -"<emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. " -"Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>." +msgstr "Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në <emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -345,11 +283,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një " -"ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke " -"shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari " -"vizitor." +msgstr "Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari vizitor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -365,11 +299,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni " -"ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për " -"të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se " -"përdoruesit normal." +msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se përdoruesit normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -391,8 +321,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -400,27 +330,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Zgjidhni pikat montuese" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -435,53 +365,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</" -"literal> ndarje (root)." +msgstr "Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</literal> ndarje (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë " -"montimi\", \"Tipi\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë montimi\", \"Tipi\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut" -"\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të " -"ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/" -"shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë " -"pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju " -"doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për " -"<literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për <literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës " -"montuese bosh." +msgstr "Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës montuese bosh." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -489,22 +405,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt " -"çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</" -"guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë " -"llojin e saj dhe madhësinë." +msgstr "Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë llojin e saj dhe madhësinë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi " -"<guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të " -"formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -514,11 +423,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme " -"për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -526,19 +433,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të " -"paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin " -"<guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>" +msgstr "Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin <guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -550,30 +452,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose " -"<application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri " -"të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë " -"<guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose " -"të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të " -"paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> " -"desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak " -"dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja." +msgstr "Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose <application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Zgjidhni Grupet Paketave" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -582,12 +475,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet " -"në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, " -"megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në " -"dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi " -"ta." +msgstr "Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi ta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -609,50 +497,44 @@ msgstr "Mjedis Grafike." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar " -"manualisht ose hequr paketa." +msgstr "Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar manualisht ose hequr paketa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni " -"një instalim minimal." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni një instalim minimal." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Zgjidhni paketat individuale" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar " -"instalimin tuaj." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar instalimin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -660,35 +542,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguro shërbimet tuaja" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju " -"ndezni sistemin tuaj." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju ndezni sistemin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë " -"dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -700,9 +576,7 @@ msgstr "Cilësimet e zgjedhura nga DrakX zakonisht janë të mira." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur " -"në kutinë info më poshtë." +msgstr "Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur në kutinë info më poshtë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -714,45 +588,36 @@ msgstr "Vetëm ndrysho gjërat, kur ju e dini shumë mirë se çfarë po bëni." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguro kohën-zonës tuaj" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt " -"me ju në të njëjtën kohë." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt me ju në të njëjtën kohë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike " -"për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni " -"se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT." +msgstr "Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -762,13 +627,10 @@ msgstr "Zgjidhni një X Server (Konfiguro Kartën tuaj Grafike)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -782,9 +644,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini " -"cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:" +msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -807,10 +667,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo " -"nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund " -"të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg" +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -818,20 +675,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur " -"kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e " -"kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron " -"aftësitë themelore." +msgstr "Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron aftësitë themelore." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju " -"vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave." +msgstr "Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -839,37 +690,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të " -"jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet " -"e internetit të prodhuesit kartës." +msgstr "Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet e internetit të prodhuesit kartës." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të " -"hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas " -"rinisjes tuaj të parë." +msgstr "Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas rinisjes tuaj të parë." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Karta Grafike dhe Konfigurimi Monitorit" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -878,31 +722,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) " -"ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë " -"të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të " -"quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</" -"acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" -"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë " -"mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. " -"Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</" -"application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja " -"është e gabuar." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja është e gabuar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën " -"tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -912,13 +744,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni " -"monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</" -"guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni " -"për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit " -"tuaj." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -930,9 +756,7 @@ msgstr "Normat e pasakta Rifresko mund të dëmtojë monitoruar tuaj" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin " -"dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -940,29 +764,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë " -"duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë " -"parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse " -"parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet " -"do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin " -"e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa " -"testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e " -"sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të " -"zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -974,9 +788,7 @@ msgstr "Zgjidhni Monitorin tuaj" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do " -"të identifikojë saktë tuajat." +msgstr "DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do të identifikojë saktë tuajat." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -985,22 +797,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të " -"dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni " -"diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të " -"konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit" +msgstr "<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1011,14 +816,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizuar</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale " -"rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se " -"sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është " -"shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1039,9 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin " -"monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve." +msgstr "Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1053,9 +852,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Shitës</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini " -"cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:" +msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1076,17 +873,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Përgjithshëm</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo " -"është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të " -"përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të " -"përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë " -"konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si 1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1096,41 +887,39 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1138,10 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. " -"Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë " -"montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë." +msgstr "Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1171,18 +957,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të " -"veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen." +msgstr "Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1194,9 +976,7 @@ msgstr "Përdor ndarjet ekzistuese" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në " -"përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin." +msgstr "Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1206,11 +986,9 @@ msgstr "Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do " -"të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1220,11 +998,9 @@ msgstr "Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, " -"instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1232,10 +1008,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj " -"të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të " -"jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!" +msgstr "Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1246,13 +1019,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet " -"të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në " -"mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-" -"fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në " -"ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë " -"e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë." +msgstr "Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1267,9 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. " -"Kujdes!" +msgstr "Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. Kujdes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1277,10 +1042,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju " -"tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, " -"atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion." +msgstr "Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1290,11 +1052,9 @@ msgstr "Personalizuar" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) " -"tuaja." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) tuaja." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1303,8 +1063,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1337,9 +1097,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 msgid "February 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shkurt 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1347,7 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 @@ -1362,13 +1123,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë " -"manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe " -"zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit." +msgstr "Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1379,27 +1137,24 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1407,49 +1162,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Urime" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</" -"application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe " -"të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të " -"sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi " -"juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi." +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1461,29 +1206,24 @@ msgstr "Kënaquni!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni " -"në Mageia" +msgstr "Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni në Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Ndarjet" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 @@ -1511,19 +1251,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të " -"klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në " -"<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</" -"guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni " -"për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj." +msgstr "Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Kur ju jeni të sigurt në lidhje me zgjedhjen, klikoni mbi <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1536,14 +1271,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nëse jeni të ri në GNU-Linux apo një përdorues me përvojë, instaluesi Mageia është projektuar për të ndihmuar të bëjë instalimin tuaj ose përditsimin sa më lehtë të jetë e mundur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meny ekranit fillestar ka opsione të ndryshme, gjithsesi i paracaktuaro do të fillojë instaluesin, i cili normalisht do të jetë gjithçka që ju do të keni nevojë." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1558,51 +1293,51 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ky është ekrani fillestar parazgjedhur kur përdorni një DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nga ky ekran i parë, është e mundur për të vendosur disa nga preferencat personale:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gjuha (për instalimin e vetëm, mund të jet e ndryshme nga gjuha e zgjedhur për sistemin), duke shtypur butonin F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Përdorni butonat shigjetë për të zgjedhur gjuhën dhe shtypni butonin Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> @@ -1617,8 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1677,8 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1696,8 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1711,8 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> @@ -1732,8 +1463,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1744,8 +1476,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1756,30 +1488,24 @@ msgstr "Hapat e instalimit" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të " -"ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton " -"<guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, " -"opsionet." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton <guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, opsionet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin " -"shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm." +msgstr "Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1789,19 +1515,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e " -"mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. " -"Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të instaluari, " -"kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë " -"mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me " -"gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju " -"doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat <guibutton>Alt " -"Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl " -"Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar." +msgstr "Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të instaluari, kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1813,25 +1530,24 @@ msgstr "Problemet e Instalimit dhe Zgjidhje e Mundshme" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Nuk ka Ndërfaqe Grafike" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo " -"mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të " -"përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë." +msgstr "Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1847,12 +1563,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem " -"me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të " -"pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar " -"këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me " -"opsione të tjera të nevojshme." +msgstr "Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me opsione të tjera të nevojshme." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1864,8 +1575,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1879,8 +1590,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1888,29 +1600,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Azhurnime" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa " -"duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar." +msgstr "Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1918,10 +1630,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të " -"instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni " -"këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet" +msgstr "Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1933,33 +1642,28 @@ msgstr "Pastaj shtyp <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në " -"dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja " -"depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje " -"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." +msgstr "Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 @@ -1972,8 +1676,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1981,11 +1685,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1997,8 +1701,8 @@ msgstr "Instalim Minimal" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2023,37 +1727,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2078,8 +1779,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kohëzone</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2123,8 +1824,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Menaxhim përdoruesi</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2166,9 +1867,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastierë</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e " -"cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës." +msgstr "Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2190,8 +1889,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta Zërit</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -2202,23 +1901,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ndërfaqe Grafike</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "Ky seksion ju lejon të konfiguroni kartën tuaj grafike(s) dhe ekranin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2244,9 +1942,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës " -"tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu." +msgstr "Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2264,11 +1960,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit " -"për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2283,8 +1977,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Niveli Sigurisë</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2314,9 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të " -"jetë shumë e rrezikshme." +msgstr "Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të jetë shumë e rrezikshme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 @@ -2328,9 +2020,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2338,18 +2031,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Niveli Sigurisë" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2395,8 +2085,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2410,12 +2100,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2426,24 +2118,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2454,26 +2150,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2483,33 +2183,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2519,18 +2224,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" @@ -2540,7 +2248,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2550,7 +2259,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2565,16 +2275,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2587,7 +2300,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " @@ -2599,7 +2313,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2619,25 +2334,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2667,29 +2382,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2714,8 +2429,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2751,8 +2467,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2760,76 +2476,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2864,15 +2592,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2880,18 +2609,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Zgjidhni Shtetin tuaj / Rajonin" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2899,17 +2625,13 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha " -"llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në " -"vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet " -"Wireless." +msgstr "Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet Wireless." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2930,13 +2652,13 @@ msgstr "Metodë hyrëse" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2955,11 +2677,9 @@ msgstr "Instalo ose Azhurno" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2970,9 +2690,7 @@ msgstr "Instalo" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +msgstr "Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2993,30 +2711,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3034,36 +2752,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -3087,38 +2804,29 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për " -"kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë " -"përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj." +msgstr "Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin " -"tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni " -"butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të " -"jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -3149,18 +2857,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Zgjidh miun" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -3172,8 +2879,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3190,15 +2897,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -3213,21 +2916,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 @@ -3261,31 +2960,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3339,16 +3038,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3361,8 +3060,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3370,8 +3069,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3384,9 +3083,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3394,28 +3093,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3436,15 +3136,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurimi zërit" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3468,8 +3166,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3497,20 +3196,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3522,8 +3220,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3548,20 +3246,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3577,6 +3275,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml index c12521fb..2853aec9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> <revhistory> <revision> - <date>February 2014</date> + <date>Shkurt 2014</date> <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> </revision> </revhistory> <cover> - <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para> + <para role="tagline">Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <info> @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> <revhistory> <revision> - <date>February 2014</date> + <date>Shkurt 2014</date> <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> </revision> </revhistory> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX.xml index 254b8eed..95e09abe 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit.</para> </note></para> - <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> @@ -131,7 +131,5 @@ Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> - -<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> - --> + <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> </article> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index a76d11d6..06d0ee58 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Definition</title> - <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update -Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>You can find them <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -49,12 +50,11 @@ Hardware Detection Tool.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free -software.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ software.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -TO BE CHECKED!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -92,16 +92,17 @@ TO BE CHECKED!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a -HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>They contains non free software.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 bits only.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -183,14 +184,14 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Common features</title> @@ -198,19 +199,20 @@ releases.</emphasis></para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to -start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the -install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a -local network or on the Internet.</para> +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when -bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that -can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -224,7 +226,8 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ can't boot on a USB stick.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -243,26 +246,27 @@ it.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>Downloading</title> - <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or -BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used -mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is -chosen, you can also see something like</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the -file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your -downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a -failure. Then this window appears:</para> +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -295,33 +299,33 @@ while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> <section> <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> - <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able -media.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> - <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not -correct. More information in <link +correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick -and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the -partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to -the image size.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Using Mageia</title> @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks" <listitem> <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the -final -)</para> +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ final -)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application -or file manager that read it)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -367,9 +371,9 @@ in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -385,7 +389,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Using Windows</title> - <para>You can try:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -403,9 +407,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the Mageia documentation</link>.</para> - <para>More information, is available in <link + <para>More information is available in <link ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml index 746d4293..fc87c980 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/acceptLicense.xml @@ -47,18 +47,18 @@ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobje <section xml:id="license"> <info> - <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licenca e pajtueshmërisë</title> + <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licenca e Pajtueshmërisë</title> </info> <para>Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e licencës me kujdes.</para> - <para>Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë <application> Mageia -</application> shpërndarjes dhe duhet të pranohen para se të mund të -vazhdojë.</para> + <para>Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë shpërndarjet +<application>Mageia</application> dhe duhet të pranohen para se mund të +vazhdohet.</para> - <para>Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel> Prano </guilabel> dhe pastaj -klikoni në <guibutton> Tjetren </guibutton>.</para> + <para>Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel>Prano</guilabel> dhe pastaj +klikoni në <guibutton>Tjetrën</guibutton>.</para> <para>Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml index bc83df03..fdd76e9c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/formatPartitions.xml @@ -39,6 +39,6 @@ klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në ekran ju mund të zgjidhni për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj.</para> </tip> - <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">When you are confident about the selection, click on -<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue.</para> + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Kur ju jeni të sigurt në lidhje me zgjedhjen, klikoni mbi +<guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar.</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/installer.xml b/docs/installer/sq/installer.xml index e2c5fe56..11308ace 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/installer.xml @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ <title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, instaluesi Mageia</title> </info> - <para>Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia -Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as -possible.</para> + <para>Nëse jeni të ri në GNU-Linux apo një përdorues me përvojë, instaluesi Mageia +është projektuar për të ndihmuar të bëjë instalimin tuaj ose përditsimin sa +më lehtë të jetë e mundur.</para> @@ -33,33 +33,35 @@ possible.</para> If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These will be automatically detected and configured.</para> --> -<para>The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will -start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need.</para> +<para>Meny ekranit fillestar ka opsione të ndryshme, gjithsesi i paracaktuaro do +të fillojë instaluesin, i cili normalisht do të jetë gjithçka që ju do të +keni nevojë.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Pamja Fillestare Instalimit</title> </info> - <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:</para> + <para>Ky është ekrani fillestar parazgjedhur kur përdorni një DVD Mageia:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para> + <para>Nga ky ekran i parë, është e mundur për të vendosur disa nga preferencat +personale:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen -language for the system) by pressing the key F2</para> + <para>Gjuha (për instalimin e vetëm, mund të jet e ndryshme nga gjuha e zgjedhur +për sistemin), duke shtypur butonin F2</para> <para/> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para> + <para>Përdorni butonat shigjetë për të zgjedhur gjuhën dhe shtypni butonin Enter.</para> <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index f39ee3df..08e1f5a9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -1,34 +1,39 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title> + </info> - - -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="sq" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title></info> - - - - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - - - +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" align="center" format="PNG" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it.</para> - - <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" -fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" -xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> - + <note> + <para>If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use +this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually +edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> +instead.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + <para>Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one.</para> + <para>You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely.</para> + <para>The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up.</para> -<warning><para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para></warning> - </section> + <warning> + <para>Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't +just try something without knowing what you are doing.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index df6629e2..6c67f7bc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-12 21:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sv/)\n" +"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"sv/)\n" +"Language: sv\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sv\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,9 +30,11 @@ msgstr "Anteckningar för Licens och Utgåva" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,31 +44,39 @@ msgstr "Licensavtal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar <application>Mageia</application>." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-" +"distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din dator att startas om." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du " +"tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din " +"dator att startas om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -77,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Noteringar för utgåva" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se " +"vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -90,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "sv" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Val av medier (konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." +msgstr "" +"Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan " +"lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en " +"fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras " +"tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -130,38 +148,41 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller din egen NFS-installation." +msgstr "" +"Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att " +"välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser " +"som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna " +"som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller " +"din egen NFS-installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Hantering av användare och administratör" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -173,20 +194,29 @@ msgstr "Ställ in ett administratörs (root) -lösenord:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla <application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat <emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem." +msgstr "" +"Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla " +"<application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat " +"<emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet " +"i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende " +"på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du " +"måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du " +"inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord." +msgstr "" +"Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning " +"av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -199,29 +229,40 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella användaren gör med sin dator" +msgstr "" +"Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en " +"administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda " +"kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella " +"användaren gör med sin dator" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det att ändra användarens ikon." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det " +"att ändra användarens ikon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta fält." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta " +"fält." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens " +"inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga " +"namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -229,22 +270,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för " +"din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar " +"styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i varje textfält." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i " +"detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i " +"varje textfält." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp." +msgstr "" +"Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att " +"ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -252,14 +301,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad." +msgstr "" +"Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare " +"som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</" +"emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till en eller flera riktiga användare." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga " +"till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till " +"en eller flera riktiga användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -267,7 +322,10 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till " +"alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i " +"slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -285,7 +343,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto." +msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra " +"inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller " +"inaktivera ett gästkonto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -293,7 +354,10 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne" +msgstr "" +"Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar " +"till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde " +"spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -301,7 +365,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller " +"inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och " +"använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -309,7 +376,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, Dash och Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra " +"skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, " +"Dash och Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -317,42 +387,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du " +"lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad " +"du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också " +"ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet " +"vad du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Välj monteringspunkterna" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -360,46 +436,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra monteringspunkterna." +msgstr "" +"Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte " +"håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra " +"monteringspunkterna." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</literal> (root)-partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</" +"literal> (root)-partition." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", " +"\"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], \"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], " +"\"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och <literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din Cauldron-installation<literal/>." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i " +"rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och " +"<literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, " +"exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina " +"filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din " +"Cauldron-installation<literal/>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för monteringspunkten blank." +msgstr "" +"För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för " +"monteringspunkten blank." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -407,15 +500,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och storlek." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, " +"och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I " +"skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och " +"storlek." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera " +"partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -425,9 +525,11 @@ msgstr "Val av skrivbordsmiljö" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera ditt val." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera " +"ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -435,14 +537,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på <guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" +msgstr "" +"Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket " +"installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på " +"<guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -454,21 +561,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." +msgstr "" +"Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</" +"application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med " +"användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> " +"om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än " +"dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</" +"application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre " +"ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Val av paketgrupp" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -477,7 +592,10 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem." +msgstr "" +"Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver " +"för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information " +"för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -499,74 +617,91 @@ msgstr "Grafisk miljö." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt lägga till eller ta bort paket." +msgstr "" +"Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt " +"lägga till eller ta bort paket." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man gör en minimal installation." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man " +"gör en minimal installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Välj individuella paket" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din " "installation." -msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-" +"ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att " +"spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för " +"att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma " +"knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurera dina tjänster" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt " "system." -msgstr "Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att " +"expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -590,36 +725,45 @@ msgstr "Ändra bara på saker som du mycket väl vet hur du ska ändra." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma tidszon." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma " +"tidszon." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal " +"tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är " +"inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -629,24 +773,31 @@ msgstr "Välj en X-server (Konfigurera ditt grafikkort)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." +msgstr "" +"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " +"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" +msgstr "" +"Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet " +"vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -669,7 +820,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu " +"inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en " +"passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -677,14 +831,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller grundläggande kapaciteter." +msgstr "" +"Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen " +"källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt " +"kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller " +"grundläggande kapaciteter." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." +msgstr "" +"Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du " +"enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -692,30 +852,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från kortets tillverkares hemsida." +msgstr "" +"En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket " +"enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från " +"kortets tillverkares hemsida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du borde göra detta efter din första omstart." +msgstr "" +"Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du " +"borde göra detta efter din första omstart." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Ställa in X, grafikkort och konfiguration av monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -724,19 +890,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att <application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att valet är inkorrekt." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du " +"väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så " +"baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-" +"Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</" +"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan " +"grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-" +"inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att " +"<application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att " +"valet är inkorrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från listan om det behövs." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från " +"listan om det behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -746,7 +923,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från " +"listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</" +"guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt " +"ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -758,7 +940,9 @@ msgstr "Inkorrekta uppdateringsfrekvenser kan skada din skärm" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad " +"upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -766,19 +950,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte " +"alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina " +"inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina " +"inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer " +"att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till " +"konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills " +"testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra " +"sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att " +"aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -790,7 +984,9 @@ msgstr "Att välja din skärm" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." +msgstr "" +"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " +"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -799,15 +995,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som följde med din bildskärm." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din " +"bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet " +"vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som " +"följde med din bildskärm." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -818,10 +1021,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Anpassad</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer visas." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den " +"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den " +"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras " +"och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer " +"visas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -830,7 +1038,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm." +msgstr "" +"Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp " +"med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, " +"då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning " +"och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -842,7 +1054,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från databasen över skärmar." +msgstr "" +"Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från " +"databasen över skärmar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -854,7 +1068,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tillverkare</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" +msgstr "" +"Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket " +"du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -875,11 +1091,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som 1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara " +"datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-" +"drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en " +"gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -889,47 +1110,64 @@ msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste " +"du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. " +"Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE " +"ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." +msgstr "" +"Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa " +"partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och " +"även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det är tre stycken." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan " +"lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det " +"är tre stycken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på den valda lagringsenheten" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på " +"den valda lagringsenheten" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den eller töm den." +msgstr "" +"För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan " +"på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den " +"eller töm den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -952,21 +1190,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." +msgstr "" +"På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur " +"partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</" +"application> kan installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)." +msgstr "" +"Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på " +"layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -978,7 +1223,9 @@ msgstr "Använd existerande partitioner" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner blivit hittade och får användas för installation." +msgstr "" +"Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner " +"blivit hittade och får användas för installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -988,9 +1235,11 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymme" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda det till din nya installation av Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda " +"det till din nya installation av Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1000,9 +1249,11 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymmer på en Windows-partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan " +"installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1010,7 +1261,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!" +msgstr "" +"Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-" +"installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du " +"har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1021,7 +1275,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga filer." +msgstr "" +"Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. " +"Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt " +"när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte " +"är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att " +"användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga " +"filer." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1036,7 +1296,9 @@ msgstr "Detta alternativ kommer att använda hela disken för Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta försiktighet!" +msgstr "" +"Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta " +"försiktighet!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1044,7 +1306,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så ska du inte använda detta alternativ." +msgstr "" +"Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat " +"eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så " +"ska du inte använda detta alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1054,9 +1319,11 @@ msgstr "Anpassad" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/a disk/ar." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/" +"a disk/ar." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1065,10 +1332,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med följande inställningar:" +msgstr "" +"En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den " +"föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig " +"hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del " +"SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår " +"att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt " +"partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med " +"följande inställningar:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1084,7 +1358,8 @@ msgstr "\"Ledigt utrymme före (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1101,8 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "februari 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1125,10 +1399,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val du gör under installationen." +msgstr "" +"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna " +"handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val " +"du gör under installationen." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1139,64 +1416,83 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, " +"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Grattis" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att starta om din dator." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</" +"application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att " +"starta om din dator." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan " +"operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din " +"Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1208,43 +1504,54 @@ msgstr "Njut!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till " +"Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formaterar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering kommer att sparas." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på " +"partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering " +"kommer att sparas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner " +"som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1253,14 +1560,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner." +msgstr "" +"Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på " +"<guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> " +"och sedan på <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till " +"huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att " +"fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1273,14 +1586,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så enkel som möjligt." +msgstr "" +"Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias " +"installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så " +"enkel som möjligt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver." +msgstr "" +"Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att " +"starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1295,15 +1613,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:" +msgstr "" +"Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1314,19 +1634,25 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga inställningar." +msgstr "" +"Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga " +"inställningar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket för systemet) genom att trycka på F2" +msgstr "" +"Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket " +"för systemet) genom att trycka på F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1337,15 +1663,20 @@ msgstr "Använd pil-tangenterna för att välja språk och tryck på Retur." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och <guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en " +"Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: " +"<guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och " +"<guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1354,8 +1685,10 @@ msgstr "Ändra upplösning genom att trycka på F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1368,7 +1701,11 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra poster:" +msgstr "" +"Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom " +"att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som " +"visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra " +"poster:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1380,28 +1717,36 @@ msgstr "- Standard, det ändrar inget i standardalternativen." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på bekostnad av prestanda." +msgstr "" +"- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på " +"bekostnad av prestanda." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering beaktas." +msgstr "" +"- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering " +"beaktas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad." +msgstr "" +"- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det " +"handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden." +msgstr "" +"När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra " +"standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1409,12 +1754,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas dock ändå." +msgstr "" +"I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med " +"F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas " +"dock ändå." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1427,12 +1777,17 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen." +msgstr "" +"Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj " +"något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller " +"tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1441,12 +1796,18 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja <guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till listan med alternativ. Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja " +"<guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till " +"listan med alternativ. Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden " +"med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1458,17 +1819,22 @@ msgstr "Hjälpen är översatt i det valda språket med F2-tangenten." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)." +msgstr "" +"Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen " +"nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns " +"beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen " +"nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1478,9 +1844,11 @@ msgstr "Tangentbordslayouten är amerikansk." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1490,24 +1858,29 @@ msgstr "Installationsstegen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i sidopanelen på skärmen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i " +"sidopanelen på skärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha <guibutton>Avancerat</" +"guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare information om det nuvarande steget." +msgstr "" +"De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare " +"information om det nuvarande steget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1517,10 +1890,18 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." +msgstr "" +"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa " +"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en " +"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli " +"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan " +"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på " +"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner " +"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, " +"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1532,25 +1913,32 @@ msgstr "Problem vid installation och möjliga lösningar" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Inget grafiskt gränssnitt" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten." +msgstr "" +"Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända " +"med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att " +"skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: \"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter installationen i textläge." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt " +"gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad " +"installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och " +"bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: " +"\"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter " +"installationen i textläge." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1565,7 +1953,12 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra alternativ om nödvändigt." +msgstr "" +"Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem " +"med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska " +"hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, " +"skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra " +"alternativ om nödvändigt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1577,9 +1970,13 @@ msgstr "RAM-problem" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera " +"tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. " +"ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1592,39 +1989,43 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den disken. Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en grundläggande disk: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format " +"i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den disken. " +"Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en grundläggande " +"disk: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uppdateringar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade." +msgstr "" +"Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har " +"några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1632,7 +2033,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj <guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är ansluten till internet" +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj " +"<guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är " +"ansluten till internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1644,55 +2048,71 @@ msgstr "Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i nästkommande steg." +msgstr "" +"Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga " +"beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv " +"bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i " +"nästkommande steg." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att det innehåller basen för distributionen." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att " +"det innehåller basen för distributionen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även firmware till olika WiFi-kort." +msgstr "" +"Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. " +"Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd " +"källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv " +"patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även " +"firmware till olika WiFi-kort." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är " +"släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i " +"denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar " +"i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1703,9 +2123,11 @@ msgstr "Minimal installation" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på sidan för paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på sidan för " +"paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1714,14 +2136,21 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för " +"sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en " +"specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta " +"tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig " +"ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1729,34 +2158,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1765,7 +2197,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de " +"val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla " +"inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka " +"Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1781,9 +2217,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tidszon</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan " +"ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></" +"xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1795,7 +2234,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar " +"till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1826,9 +2267,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Användarhantering</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-mapp</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-" +"mapp</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1840,14 +2283,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tjänster</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa arbetsuppgifter." +msgstr "" +"Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. " +"Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa " +"arbetsuppgifter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt." +msgstr "" +"Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan " +"förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1869,7 +2317,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tangentbord</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord." +msgstr "" +"Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras " +"på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1881,7 +2331,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor etc." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor " +"etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1891,10 +2343,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ljudkort</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. " +"Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin " +"för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1903,9 +2358,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiskt gränssnitt</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1915,10 +2370,11 @@ msgstr "För mer information, läs <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>. #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1937,14 +2393,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i <application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat Nonfree-medierna." +msgstr "" +"Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner " +"som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i " +"<application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat " +"Nonfree-medierna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg att kolla detta gränssnitt också." +msgstr "" +"När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg " +"att kolla detta gränssnitt också." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1957,14 +2419,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en proxytjänst." +msgstr "" +"En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna " +"sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en " +"proxytjänst." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som du behöver ange här" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som " +"du behöver ange här" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1979,9 +2446,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Säkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är " +"standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1998,50 +2467,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Brandvägg</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det." +msgstr "" +"En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och " +"rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är beroende på vad du använder din dator till." +msgstr "" +"Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är " +"beroende på vad du använder din dator till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." +msgstr "" +"Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partitionen" +msgstr "" +"Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>-partitionen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra " +"utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2052,14 +2533,18 @@ msgstr "Här justerar du din säkerhetsnivå." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia Control Center." +msgstr "" +"Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera " +"dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia " +"Control Center." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 @@ -2082,14 +2567,19 @@ msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Här är ett medium (plural: media) en ISO-avbild som du kan använda för att installera och/eller uppgradera Mageia till den fysiska hårdvaran som ISO-filen kopieras till." +msgstr "" +"Här är ett medium (plural: media) en ISO-avbild som du kan använda för att " +"installera och/eller uppgradera Mageia till den fysiska hårdvaran som ISO-" +"filen kopieras till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Du hittar dem <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">här</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Du hittar dem <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">här</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 @@ -2102,80 +2592,79 @@ msgstr "Klassiska installtionsmedier" msgid "Common features" msgstr "Vanliga funktioner" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "De här ISO-filerna använder den traditionella installeraren, drakx." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppdatera från en tidigare version." +msgstr "" +"De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppdatera från en tidigare version." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" msgstr "Dvd" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara." +msgstr "" +"Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, " +"minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Varje DVD innehåller många skrivbordsmiljöer och srpåk" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "Du kommer under installationen att få välja att lägga till icke-fri programvara." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer under installationen att få välja att lägga till icke-fri " +"programvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD för multiarkitektur" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Båda arkitekturerna finns på samma medium, valet görs automatiskt enligt identifierad processor." +msgstr "" +"Båda arkitekturerna finns på samma medium, valet görs automatiskt enligt " +"identifierad processor." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Använder endast Xfce-skrivbordsmiljö." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Alla språk är inte tillgängliga. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) SKA KONTROLLERAS!" +msgstr "" +"Alla språk är inte tillgängliga. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " +"pt, ru, sv, uk) SKA KONTROLLERAS!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Den innehåller ej fri programvara." @@ -2185,38 +2674,38 @@ msgstr "Den innehåller ej fri programvara." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live media" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den på en hårddisk, och eventuellt installera den." +msgstr "" +"Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den " +"på en hårddisk, och eventuellt installera den." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Varje ISO innehåller enbart en skrivbordsmiljö (KDE eller GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare version.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren " +"installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare " +"version.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "De innehåller icke-fri mjukvara." @@ -2226,21 +2715,18 @@ msgstr "De innehåller icke-fri mjukvara." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön KDE." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Enbart det engelska språket." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Enbart 32-bitars." @@ -2250,8 +2736,7 @@ msgstr "Enbart 32-bitars." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME." @@ -2261,8 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Alla språk finns med." @@ -2277,51 +2761,56 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Endast bootbar CD-media" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Var och en är en liten avbild som endast innehåller det som behövs för att starta drakx-installeraren och att hitta drakx-installer-stage2, och andra paket som behövs för att fortsätta och slutföra installationen. Dessa paket kan ligga på datorns hårddisk, på ett nätverk eller Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Var och en är en liten avbild som endast innehåller det som behövs för att " +"starta drakx-installeraren och att hitta drakx-installer-stage2, och andra " +"paket som behövs för att fortsätta och slutföra installationen. Dessa paket " +"kan ligga på datorns hårddisk, på ett nätverk eller Internet." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara när bandbredden är för låg för att ladda ner en hel DVD, en PC utan DVD-spelare eller en PC som inte kan starta från ett USB-minne." +msgstr "" +"Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara när " +"bandbredden är för låg för att ladda ner en hel DVD, en PC utan DVD-spelare " +"eller en PC som inte kan starta från ett USB-minne." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Innehåller endast gratis mjukvara, för de som inte vill använda icke-fri." +msgstr "" +"Innehåller endast gratis mjukvara, för de som inte vill använda icke-fri." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Innehåller icke-fri mjukvara (för det mesta drivrutiner och codecs) för de som behöver det." +msgstr "" +"Innehåller icke-fri mjukvara (för det mesta drivrutiner och codecs) för de " +"som behöver det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 @@ -2336,30 +2825,43 @@ msgstr "Hämtar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "När du har valt ISO-fil kan du ladda ner den genom antingen http eller BitTorrent. I båda fallen visas ett fönster med information om vilken spegel som används och möjligheten att ändra om hastigheten är låg. Om http är vald så kan du även se något av följande" +msgstr "" +"När du har valt ISO-fil kan du ladda ner den genom antingen http eller " +"BitTorrent. I båda fallen visas ett fönster med information om vilken spegel " +"som används och möjligheten att ändra om hastigheten är låg. Om http är vald " +"så kan du även se något av följande" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten av en ISO-fil. Använd bara en av dem. Bådas hexadecimala värden har beräknats av en algoritm från filen som laddats ner. När du ber algoritmen att räkna om dessa värden gentemot din nerladdade fil så kommer du antingen att ha samma värde vilket innebär att din fil är korrekt, eller så skiljer sig värdena och då är din fil felaktig. Ett misslyckande innebär att du måste ladda ner filen igen och då visas det här fönstret:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten " +"av en ISO-fil. Använd bara en av dem. Bådas hexadecimala värden har " +"beräknats av en algoritm från filen som laddats ner. När du ber algoritmen " +"att räkna om dessa värden gentemot din nerladdade fil så kommer du antingen " +"att ha samma värde vilket innebär att din fil är korrekt, eller så skiljer " +"sig värdena och då är din fil felaktig. Ett misslyckande innebär att du " +"måste ladda ner filen igen och då visas det här fönstret:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 @@ -2384,30 +2886,38 @@ msgstr "Öppna en konsol, behöver inte vara root, och:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum sökväg/" +"till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum sökväg/" +"till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) " +"med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -2419,7 +2929,10 @@ msgstr "Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen." msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "Den kontrollerade ISOn kan nu brännas på en CD eller DVD, eller dumpas på ett USB-minne. Det är inte en enkel kopiering utan ämnar att skapa ett startbart media." +msgstr "" +"Den kontrollerade ISOn kan nu brännas på en CD eller DVD, eller dumpas på " +"ett USB-minne. Det är inte en enkel kopiering utan ämnar att skapa ett " +"startbart media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 @@ -2431,10 +2944,13 @@ msgstr "Att bränna ISO-filen till en CD/DVD" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att enheten är korrekt inställd för att <emphasis role=\"bold\">bränna en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data eller filer är inte rätt. Det finns mer information <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">på Mageias wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att enheten är korrekt inställd " +"för att <emphasis role=\"bold\">bränna en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data " +"eller filer är inte rätt. Det finns mer information <link ns4:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">på Mageias wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 @@ -2446,7 +2962,9 @@ msgstr "Dumpa ISOn till ett USB-minne" msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Alla Mageias ISO-filer är hybrider, dvs. du kan \"dumpa\" dem på ett USB-minne och sedan använda det för att starta och installera systemet." +msgstr "" +"Alla Mageias ISO-filer är hybrider, dvs. du kan \"dumpa\" dem på ett USB-" +"minne och sedan använda det för att starta och installera systemet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 @@ -2454,7 +2972,10 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "Att \"dumpa\" en avbild på ett USB-minne förstör det filsystem som finns på enheten. All data kommer att gå förlorad och partitionens storlek blir reducerad till avbildens storlek." +msgstr "" +"Att \"dumpa\" en avbild på ett USB-minne förstör det filsystem som finns på " +"enheten. All data kommer att gå förlorad och partitionens storlek blir " +"reducerad till avbildens storlek." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 @@ -2469,97 +2990,101 @@ msgstr "Använda Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Du kan även använda verktyget dd i en konsol:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Öppna en konsol" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Bli root med följande kommando: <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte '-' i slutet)" +msgstr "" +"Bli root med följande kommando: <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte '-' i " +"slutet)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller filhanterare som kan läsa det)" +msgstr "" +"Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller " +"filhanterare som kan läsa det)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Skriv kommandot <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Leta upp enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne (genom dess storlek), t. ex. /dev/sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB." +msgstr "" +"Leta upp enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne (genom dess storlek), t. ex. /dev/" +"sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/the/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/the/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX " +"bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Där X=ditt enhetsnamn t. ex. /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Exempl: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Exempl: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Koppla från ditt USB-minne och sedan är allt klart." @@ -2584,7 +3109,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 @@ -2594,32 +3121,38 @@ msgstr "Installera Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" +"doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Mer information finns på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageias wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Mer information finns på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">Mageias wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Välj ditt land / region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2627,14 +3160,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." +msgstr "" +"Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av " +"inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel " +"land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</" +"guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2643,7 +3181,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt riktiga val så ignorera detta.." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> " +"efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som " +"att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt " +"riktiga val så ignorera detta.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2654,14 +3196,24 @@ msgstr "Inmatningsmetod" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av paket." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en " +"inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare " +"att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). " +"IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien " +"och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska " +"språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så " +"användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra " +"inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander " +"funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av " +"paket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2669,7 +3221,11 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via \"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake som root." +msgstr "" +"Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du " +"få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via " +"\"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake " +"som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2679,9 +3235,11 @@ msgstr "Installation eller Uppgradering" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2692,7 +3250,9 @@ msgstr "Installera" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-installation." +msgstr "" +"Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-" +"installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2705,7 +3265,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av dem till den senaste utgåvan." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på " +"ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av " +"dem till den senaste utgåvan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2713,31 +3276,48 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som <emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som " +"<emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes " +"har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som " +"har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren " +"installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa " +"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en " +"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli " +"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan " +"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på " +"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner " +"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, " +"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från \"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta senare i installationen." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från " +"\"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka " +"ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta " +"senare i installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2749,43 +3329,62 @@ msgstr "Tangentbord" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk layout." +msgstr "" +"DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande " +"tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk " +"layout." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. " +"Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera " +"specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en " +"datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar " +"om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på <guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt tangentbord där." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på " +"<guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt " +"tangentbord där." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan." +msgstr "" +"Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</" +"guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och " +"det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan " +"säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt " +"tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2793,7 +3392,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout" +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer " +"du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan " +"Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2806,38 +3408,53 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val under installationen och för ditt installerade system." +msgstr "" +"Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din " +"kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val " +"under installationen och för ditt installerade system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter installationen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i " +"ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du " +"använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem " +"nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter " +"installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." +msgstr "" +"Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som " +"föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt " +"som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det " +"rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2845,52 +3462,64 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." +msgstr "" +"Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i " +"rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. " +"Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." +msgstr "" +"Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -" +"> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Välj mus" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-möss</guilabel> ett bra val." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-" +"möss</guilabel> ett bra val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler knappar." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> " +"för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler " +"knappar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2900,10 +3529,13 @@ msgstr "Lägg till eller modifiera en post för uppstartsmenyn" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2911,84 +3543,107 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att " +"klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av " +"starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "Om du har du valt <code>Grub 2</code> som din starthanterare så kan du inte använda det här verktyget för att ändra poster i detta steg, klick på 'Nästa'. Du behöver manuellt redigera <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> eller istället använda <code>grub-customizer</code>." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Om du har du valt <code>Grub 2</code> som din starthanterare så kan du inte " +"använda det här verktyget för att ändra poster i detta steg, klick på " +"'Nästa'. Du behöver manuellt redigera <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> " +"eller istället använda <code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard." +msgstr "" +"Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och " +"markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det helt." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det " +"helt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett val vid uppstart." +msgstr "" +"Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett " +"val vid uppstart." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör." +msgstr "" +"Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var " +"snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Huvudsakliga alternativ för uppstartshanterare" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är " +"automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny." +msgstr "" +"Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du " +"välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller " +"tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3007,14 +3662,19 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny." +msgstr "" +"Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master " +"Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem " +"installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med GRUB legacy och Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med " +"GRUB legacy och Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3022,14 +3682,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB (legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare används." +msgstr "" +"Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB " +"(legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare " +"används." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation." +msgstr "" +"Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är " +"tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3040,41 +3705,56 @@ msgstr "Använder en existerande uppstartshanterare" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du " +"komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på " +"knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig " +"att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen tidigare, t. ex. sda7." +msgstr "" +"Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga " +"MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen " +"tidigare, t. ex. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten." +msgstr "" +"För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 tar dig tillbaka till installationen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att " +"kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 " +"tar dig tillbaka till installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga." +msgstr "" +"Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig " +"starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det " +"att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga " +"till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3085,48 +3765,57 @@ msgstr "Avancerat alternativ för starthanteraren" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd fritt utrymme." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> " +"partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på " +"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid " +"varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd " +"fritt utrymme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Ställ in SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda och kan därför inte känna igen disken." +msgstr "" +"DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre " +"SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda " +"och kan därför inte känna igen disken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du har." +msgstr "" +"Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du " +"har." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3138,13 +3827,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX bör då kunna konfigurera disken korrekt." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3152,7 +3843,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan." +msgstr "" +"På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde " +"för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3162,16 +3855,22 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan." +msgstr "" +"Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen " +"stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta " +"verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken " +"<guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på " +"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</" +"guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3184,47 +3883,57 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har valt en felaktig drivrutin." +msgstr "" +"Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under " +"installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där " +"är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har " +"valt en felaktig drivrutin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på <guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på " +"<guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Bekräfta hårddisken som ska formateras" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken " +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla " +"partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3242,34 +3951,51 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Om Mageia inte lyckats övertyga dig eller om du inte kan installera det ordentligt, kort och gott så vill du ta bort det. Det är så klart din rätt och Mageia ger dig även möjlighet att avinstallera. Något som inte kan sägas för alla operativsystem." +msgstr "" +"Om Mageia inte lyckats övertyga dig eller om du inte kan installera det " +"ordentligt, kort och gott så vill du ta bort det. Det är så klart din rätt " +"och Mageia ger dig även möjlighet att avinstallera. Något som inte kan sägas " +"för alla operativsystem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "Efter att du säkerhetskopierat din data, starta med Mageias DVD och välj Rescue system, välj sedan att återställa Windows boot loader. Vid nästa uppstart kommer du bara att ha Windows utan möjlighet att välja ditt operativsystem." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du säkerhetskopierat din data, starta med Mageias DVD och välj " +"Rescue system, välj sedan att återställa Windows boot loader. Vid nästa " +"uppstart kommer du bara att ha Windows utan möjlighet att välja ditt " +"operativsystem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "För att återfå utrymme som användes av Mageia i Windows, klicka på <code>Start -> Kontrollpanelen -> Administrationsverktyg -> Datorhantering -> Lagring -> Diskhantering</code> för att komma åt partitionshanteringen. Du känner igen Mageias partitioner eftersom de är märkta som <guilabel>Okänd</guilabel>, samt dess storlek och placering på disken. Högerklicka på varje en av dessa partitioner och välj <guibutton>Ta bort volym</guibutton>. Utrymmet kommer att frigöras." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"För att återfå utrymme som användes av Mageia i Windows, klicka på " +"<code>Start -> Kontrollpanelen -> Administrationsverktyg -> Datorhantering -" +"> Lagring -> Diskhantering</code> för att komma åt partitionshanteringen. Du " +"känner igen Mageias partitioner eftersom de är märkta som <guilabel>Okänd</" +"guilabel>, samt dess storlek och placering på disken. Högerklicka på varje " +"en av dessa partitioner och välj <guibutton>Ta bort volym</guibutton>. " +"Utrymmet kommer att frigöras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Om du använder Windows XP kan du skapa en ny partition och formatera den (FAT32 eller NTFS). Den blir tilldelad en enhetsbokstav." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder Windows XP kan du skapa en ny partition och formatera den " +"(FAT32 eller NTFS). Den blir tilldelad en enhetsbokstav." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3277,6 +4003,11 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Om du har Vista eller 7 har du ytterligare ett val, du kan utvidga existerande partition som finns till vänster om det lediga utrymmet. Det finns andra partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted som finns för både Windows och Linus. Som alltid när man ändrar partitioner måste du vara väldigt försiktig. Se till att all viktig information har säkerhetskopierats." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Om du har Vista eller 7 har du ytterligare ett val, du kan utvidga " +"existerande partition som finns till vänster om det lediga utrymmet. Det " +"finns andra partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted som finns för både " +"Windows och Linus. Som alltid när man ändrar partitioner måste du vara " +"väldigt försiktig. Se till att all viktig information har säkerhetskopierats." diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml index a1fe0ae3..cc780184 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val du gör under installationen.</para> </note></para> - <para>Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml index adeeecfa..0af2fba7 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ görmeyecektir. Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize bağlıdır.</para> </note></para> - <para>Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile lisanslanmıştır <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index aaed94ce..f873b0bc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ <section> <title>Açıklama</title> - <para>Mageia kurmaya ve/veya yükseltmeye olanak sağlayan bir ISO imaj dosyası ve -buna bağlı olarak ISO dosyasının kopyalandığı herhangi bir fiziksel desteğe -ortam diyoruz.</para> + <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to +install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO +file is copied to.</para> <para>Ortamları <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">burada</link> bulabilirsiniz.</para> @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ bulabilirsiniz.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Drakx olarak adlandırılan geleneksel yükleyiciyi kullanırlar.</para> + <para>These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -50,12 +50,11 @@ araçları mevcuttur.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Her DVD, masaüstü ortamlarından ve dillerden her birini içermektedir.</para> + <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Kurulum sırasında özgür olmayan yazılım ekleme veya eklememe seçeneği -verilecektir.</para> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -65,17 +64,17 @@ verilecektir.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Her iki mimari de aynı ortam üzerindedir ve mimari seçimi CPU saptamasına -göre otomatik olarak yapılmaktadır.</para> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Yalnız Xfce masaüstü.</para> + <para>Uses Xfce desktop only.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Yalnız bir kaç dil (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) -KONTROL EDİLECEKTİR!</para> + <para>Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, +pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -93,16 +92,17 @@ KONTROL EDİLECEKTİR!</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Sabit disk üzerine kurmadan önizleme için kullanılabilir ve isteğe bağlı -olarak sabit diskiniz üzerine kurulabilir. </para> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and +optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. + </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>ISO, sadece tek bir masaüstü ortamını içerir (KDE veya GNOME).</para> + <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari için faklı ortamlar. </para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ kullanılamazlar.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Özgür olmayan yazılım içerirler.</para> + <para>They contain non free software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ kullanılamazlar.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Yalnız 32 bit.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ kullanılamazlar.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Yalnız 32 bit.</para> + <para>32 bit only.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ kullanılamazlar.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari için faklı ortamlar. </para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -184,34 +184,35 @@ kullanılamazlar.</emphasis></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari için faklı ortamlar. </para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> <section> - <title>Sadece kurulum CD'leri</title> + <title>Boot-only CD media</title> <section> <title>Ortak özellikler</title> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Her biri, kurulumu başlatmak ve tamamlamak için ISO dosyasını bulma ve drakx -yükleyiciyi başlatma dışında başka bir şey içermeyen küçük bir imaj -dosyasıdır. Bu ISO dosyaları PC üzerindeki sabit diskte, yerel sürücüde, -yerel ağ'da veya internet üzerine olabilir.</para> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages +that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be +on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the +Internet.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Bu ortamlar çok küçüktür (100 Mb'dan daha az) ve bant genişliği tam bir -DVD'yi indirmek için çok küçük olduğunda, ayrıca DVD sürücü içermeyen veya -USB bellekten önyükleme yapılamayan PC'lerde kullanmak için çok uygundur.</para> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a +PC that can't boot from a USB stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>32 veya 64 bit mimari için faklı ortamlar. </para> + <para>Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -225,8 +226,8 @@ USB bellekten önyükleme yapılamayan PC'lerde kullanmak için çok uygundur.</ <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Yalnız özgür yazılım içerir ve özgür olmayan yazılımları kullanmayı rededen -kişiler içindir.</para> + <para>Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free +software.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -236,8 +237,8 @@ kişiler içindir.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Özgür olmayan yazılımları içerir (çoğunlukla sürücüler, kodekler...) ve bu -yazılımlara ihtiyacı olan kişiler içindir.</para> + <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -245,27 +246,27 @@ yazılımlara ihtiyacı olan kişiler içindir.</para> </section> <section> - <title>Ortam indirme ve kontrol etme</title> + <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title> <section> <title>İndirme</title> - <para>ISO dosyanızı seçtiğinizde, http veya BitTorrent kullanarak dosyanızı -indirebilirsiniz. Her iki durumda da, kullanılan yansı ve eğer bant -genişliği düşükse onu değiştirme imkanı gibi bazı bilgiler içeren bir -pencere açılır. Eğer http seçilirse, şöyle birşey görebilirsiniz</para> + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>md5sum ve sha1sum ISO bütünlüğünü kontrol edecek araçlardır. ISO bütünlüğünü -kontrol için bu araçlardan yalnız birini kullanmanız yeterlidir. Her iki -onaltılı numara da indirilen dosyadan bir algoritma ile -hesaplanır. İndirdiğiniz dosya için bir sorgulama yaptığınızda verilen -numara ile indirdiğiniz dosya numarası aynı ise indirdiğiniz dosya -doğrudur. Aynı değilse indirdiğiniz dosya hatalıdır. Bu durumda pencere -şöyle görünür:</para> + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this +window appears:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> @@ -299,33 +300,33 @@ imaj/dosyasının/bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>.</para> <section> <title>ISO yakma veya atma</title> - <para>Kontrol edilmiş ISO artık CD ve DVD üzerine yakılabilir veya bir USB bellek -üzerine atılabilir. Bu işlemler basit bir kopyalama değildir, -çalıştırılabilir bir ortam amaçlanmaktadır.</para> + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +medium.</para> <section> - <title>CD/DVD üzerine ISO yazma</title> - - <para>İstediğiniz bir yakma programını kullanabilirsiniz fakat yakma aygıtınızı -<emphasis role="bold">kalıbı yaz</emphasis> olarak ayarladığınıza emin -olun. Aksi halde veri veya dosya olarak yazmak doğru sonucu -vermeyecektir. Daha fazla bilgi için <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">Mageia -wiki'ye bakınız</link>.</para> + <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. There is more information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> </section> <section> - <title>USB bellek üzerine ISO atma</title> + <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title> - <para>Tüm Mageia ISO'ları hibrittir dolayısıyla USB bellek üzerine atıp, sistemi -kurmak için kullanabilirsiniz. </para> + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick +and then use it to boot and install the system.</para> <warning> - <para>Flash aygıt üzerine imaj "atma" işlemi bölümlemedeki önceki dosya sistemini -tahrip eder; veriler kaybolur ve bölümleme kapasitesi imaj boyutuna iner.</para> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on +the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be +reduced to the image size.</para> </warning> - <para>Orjinal kapasiteye dönmek için USB belleği biçimlendirmek zorundasınız.</para> + <para>To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick.</para> <section> <title>Mageia kullanarak</title> @@ -342,7 +343,8 @@ gibi grafiksel bir araç kullanabilirsiniz.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><userinput>su -</userinput> komutu ile root olun (- işaretini unutmayın)</para> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final '-' )</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> @@ -350,8 +352,8 @@ gibi grafiksel bir araç kullanabilirsiniz.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>USB belleğinizi takın ( ama bağlamayın, yani bellek üzerindeki herhangi bir -uygulamayı veya dosyayı açmayın, hatta içine bile bakmayın)</para> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any +application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -371,9 +373,9 @@ görüntüsündeki 8 Gb USB belleğin aygıt adı /dev/sdb olarak görünüyor.< <para>Şu komutu girin: # <userinput>dd if=/iso/dosyasının/yolu of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></para> - <para>(x)= aygıtınızın adı örn: /dev/sdc Örnek: # <userinput>dd -if=/home/kullanıcıadı/İndirmeler/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdc -bs=1M</userinput></para> + <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> + <para> Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -389,7 +391,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <section> <title>Windows kullanarak</title> - <para>Şu programları deneyebilirsiniz:</para> + <para>You could try:</para> <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> @@ -407,9 +409,9 @@ Disk Imager</link></para> <para>Bu adım <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">Mageia belgelerinde</link> ayrıntısıyla anlatılmıştır.</para> - <para>Daha fazla bilgiyi <link -ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">Mageia -wiki'de</link> bulabilirsiniz.</para> + <para>More information is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> </section> -</section>
\ No newline at end of file +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/tr/uninstall-Mageia.xml index 3cfccf1f..a0f14180 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/tr/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia"> <!-- --> <info> - <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Veri Kaynağını Kaldır</title> + <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Uninstalling Mageia</title> </info> @@ -9,32 +9,29 @@ <section> <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti2">Nasıl</title> - <para>Mageia ihtiyaçlarınıza cevap vermediyse veya düzgün kurulamıyorsa yahut da -sadece ondan kurtulmak istiyorsanız. Bu sizin hakkınız olup Mageia -bilgisayardan kaldırılma olanağını da size sunar. Böyle bir şey her işletim -sistemi için geçerli değildir.</para> + <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short +you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the +possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system.</para> - <para>Veri yedeklemenizden sonra Mageia DVD' nizi yeniden başlatmada kullanın ve -Sistemi Kurtar seçeneği üzerinden Windows önyükleyiciyi geri yükle -seçeneğini kullanın. Bir sonraki yeniden başlatmada, işletim sistemi seçmek -üzere bir menü sunulmadan sadece Windows açılacaktır.</para> + <para>After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select +Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will +only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system.</para> - <para>Windows üzerindeki Mageia disk bölümlerini geri getirmek için <code> Başlat --> Denetim Masası -> Yönetimsel Araçlar -> Bilgisayar Yönetimi -> Depolama --> Disk Yönetimi</code> üzerine tıklayarak disk bölümü yönetimine -erişin. Mageia disk bölümünü <guilabel>Bilinmiyor</guilabel> olarak görerek -ve diskteki konumu ile boyutundan tanırsınız. Bu disk bölümlerinden birinin -üzerinde sağ tıklayın ve <guibutton>Sil</guibutton> seçeneğini seçin. Disk -alanı boşaltılacaktır.</para> + <para>To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on +<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management +-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition +management. You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled +<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the +disk. Right click on each of these partitions and select +<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed.</para> - <para>XP kullanıyorsanız, yeni bir disk bölümü oluşturarak (FAT32 veya NTFS -biçiminde) biçimlendirebilirsiniz. Disk bölümü harfini daha sonra alacaktır.</para> + <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it +(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter.</para> - <para>Vista veya 7 kullanıyorsanız, bir yükümlülüğünüz daha var. Boş disk alanının -solunda bulunan mevcut disk bölümünü uzatabilirsiniz. Daha başka disk -bölümlendirme araçları, mesela hem windows hem de linux altında -kullanılabilen gparted gibi, mevcuttur. Her zamanki gibi, disk bölümlerini -değiştirirken çok dikkatli olun ve önemli her şeyi yedeklediğinizden emin -olun.</para> + <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the +existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other +partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both +windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and +make sure all important things have been backed up.</para> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index a1cd32f3..9e7c0b8b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 14:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "" "Вибір носія (налаштовування додаткових носіїв пакунків для встановлення)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -158,19 +158,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Керування обліковими записами користувача і адміністратора" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -421,17 +421,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Виберіть точки монтування" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -697,8 +697,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Налаштування ваших служб" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -751,8 +751,8 @@ msgstr "Вносьте зміни, лише якщо вам добре відо msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Налаштування часового поясу" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -1498,9 +1498,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Вітаємо" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1561,10 +1561,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Форматування" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -2070,10 +2070,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Поновлення" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2117,9 +2117,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Вибір носія (з пакунками, які не є вільними)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2242,18 +2242,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Резюме щодо інших параметрів" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2602,8 +2602,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Рівень безпеки" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2688,8 +2688,8 @@ msgstr "Типові можливості" #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -"На цих образах ISO використовується традиційний засіб встановлення під назвою " -"drakx." +"На цих образах ISO використовується традиційний засіб встановлення під " +"назвою drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 @@ -2867,10 +2867,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Кожен з таких малих образів містить лише дані, потрібні для запуску засобу " "встановлення drakx та пошуку drakx-installer-stage2 та інших пакунків, за " -"допомогою яких можна продовжити " -"і завершити встановлення. Такі пакунки можуть зберігатися на " -"жорсткому диску комп’ютера, локальному диску, у локальній мережі або у " -"інтернеті." +"допомогою яких можна продовжити і завершити встановлення. Такі пакунки " +"можуть зберігатися на жорсткому диску комп’ютера, локальному диску, у " +"локальній мережі або у інтернеті." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 @@ -3184,9 +3183,8 @@ msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -"Приклад команди: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.i" -"so of=/dev/sdb " -"bs=1M</userinput>" +"Приклад команди: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD." +"iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 @@ -3250,8 +3248,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Вибір країни і регіону" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3593,10 +3591,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Вибір драйвера миші" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3728,7 +3726,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основні параметри завантажувача" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -3900,14 +3898,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Налаштування SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3949,7 +3947,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування звуку" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -4028,12 +4026,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Підтвердження форматування жорсткого диска" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/uk/DrakX.xml index bad4269c..e0e611a1 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/uk/DrakX.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ вибраного вами варіанта встановлення.</para> </note></para> - <para>Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю</para> |